Engine Control System: Section

ENGINE
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION EC EC
E
CONTENTS
HR16DE Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ...........20 F
Knock Sensor ..........................................................20
PRECAUTION ............................................... 6 Malfunction Indicator Lamp .....................................20
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Tempera- G
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 6 ture Sensor) .............................................................21
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Oil Pressure Warning Lamp ....................................21
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...................................22
SIONER" ................................................................... 6 H
Stop Lamp Switch ....................................................22
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 6
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 23
and A/T ...................................................................... 6 Positive Crankcase Ventilation ................................23 I
General Precautions ................................................. 7
SYSTEM ............................................................ 24
PREPARATION ........................................... 10
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...................................24 J
PREPARATION ..................................................10 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Special Service Tools .............................................. 10 tion ...........................................................................24
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 10 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe ..............25 K
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 11 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ................26

MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys-
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................11 tem Description ........................................................27 L
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................... 11 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM .................................29

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De-
M
Component Parts Location .................................... 11 scription ...................................................................30
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor .......................... 14
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 ........................................... 15 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL .......................31
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ....................... 15 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System N
Description ...............................................................31
Cooling Fan ............................................................. 16
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) .......................... 16 COOLING FAN CONTROL ........................................32
ECM ........................................................................ 16 COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description....32 O
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ............................ 16
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ...................... 17 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .......................34
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor .................................... 18 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
P
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor .............................. 18 Description ...............................................................34
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
Valve ....................................................................... 19 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL .........................35
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De-
Fuel Injector ............................................................ 19
scription ...................................................................35
Fuel Pump ............................................................... 19
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ........................................ 19 ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN-
Ignition Coil With Power Transistor ......................... 20 GINE OIL PRESSURE ...............................................36
Revision: 2011 February EC-1 K13

ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN- Description .............................................................. 94
GINE OIL PRESSURE : System Description ......... 36 Work Procedure ...................................................... 94
CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................... 37 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE

CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description ...... 37 CLEAR ............................................................... 96
Description .............................................................. 96
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..... 38 Work Procedure ...................................................... 96
Diagnosis Description ............................................. 38
GST (Generic Scan Tool) ....................................... 38 BASIC INSPECTION ......................................... 97
Work Procedure ...................................................... 97
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ............................ 39
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK .............................. 101
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ..................................... 39
Work Procedure .................................................... 101
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection
Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ....................... 39 HOW TO SET SRT CODE ................................ 103
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Description ............................................................ 103
Frame Data ............................................................. 39 SRT Set Driving Pattern ........................................ 104
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System ..... 40 Work Procedure .................................................... 106
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ....... 43
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 108
Test (SRT) Code .................................................... 44
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica- TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
tor Lamp (MIL) ........................................................ 45 VALUE .............................................................. 108
On Board Diagnosis Function ................................. 45 Description ............................................................ 108
CONSULT Function ................................................ 49 Component Function Check ................................. 108
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 109
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 55
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 116
ECM ................................................................... 55 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 116
Reference Value ..................................................... 55
Fail Safe ................................................................. 64 U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .............. 120
DTC Inspection Priority Chart .............................. 66 Description ............................................................ 120
DTC Index .............................................................. 67 DTC Logic ............................................................. 120
Test Value and Test Limit ....................................... 68 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 120
WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................... 76 P0011 IVT CONTROL ...................................... 121

DTC Logic ............................................................. 121
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................... 76 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 122
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 76 Component Inspection .......................................... 123
BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 87 P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER .......... 124
DTC Logic ............................................................. 124
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ......... 87 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 124
Work Flow ............................................................... 87 Component Inspection .......................................... 125
Diagnostic Work Sheet ........................................... 89
P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ....................... 126
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING DTC Logic ............................................................. 126
ECM ................................................................... 91 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 126
Description .............................................................. 91 Component Inspection .......................................... 127
Work Procedure ...................................................... 91
P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...... 128
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI- DTC Logic ............................................................. 128
TION LEARNING ............................................... 92 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 128
Work Procedure ...................................................... 92
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 131
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION DTC Logic ............................................................. 131
LEARNING ......................................................... 93 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 131
Work Procedure ...................................................... 93
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 135
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ........................ 94 DTC Logic ............................................................. 135

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 135 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................ 181
Component Inspection .......................................... 136 DTC Logic .............................................................. 181 A
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ........................... 137 Component Inspection ........................................... 182
DTC Logic ............................................................. 137
EC
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 137 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MIS-
Component Inspection .......................................... 138 FIRE ................................................................. 183
DTC Logic .............................................................. 183
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................. 139 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 184 C
DTC Logic ............................................................. 139
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 139 P0327, P0328 KS ............................................ 189
Component Inspection .......................................... 140 DTC Logic .............................................................. 189 D
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 ...................................... 141 Component Inspection ........................................... 190
DTC Logic ............................................................. 141
Component Function Check .................................. 142 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ........................... 191 E
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 142 DTC Logic .............................................................. 191
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 ...................................... 144 Component Inspection ........................................... 193
DTC Logic ............................................................. 144 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 145 P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ..................... 194
DTC Logic .............................................................. 194
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 ...................................... 147 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 194 G
DTC Logic ............................................................. 147 Component Inspection ........................................... 196
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION . 197 H
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 ...................................... 150 DTC Logic .............................................................. 197
DTC Logic ............................................................. 150 Component Function Check .................................. 198
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 151 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 199
I
P0137 HO2S2 ................................................... 154 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
DTC Logic ............................................................. 154
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 202
Component Function Check .................................. 155
DTC Logic .............................................................. 202 J
Component Inspection .......................................... 157
Component Inspection ........................................... 203
P0138 HO2S2 ................................................... 159 K
P0500 VSS ...................................................... 205
DTC Logic ............................................................. 159
Description ............................................................. 205
DTC Logic .............................................................. 205
Component Function Check .................................. 206 L
P0139 HO2S2 ................................................... 166
P0520 EOP SENSOR ...................................... 207
DTC Logic ............................................................. 166 M
DTC Logic .............................................................. 207
Component Inspection .......................................... 169 N
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE .................... 210
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC-
DTC Logic .............................................................. 210
TION ................................................................. 171 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 211
DTC Logic ............................................................. 171 O
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ....................... 213
P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC- Description ............................................................. 213 P
TION ................................................................. 175 DTC Logic .............................................................. 213
DTC Logic ............................................................. 175 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 213
P0605 ECM ..................................................... 214
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR ........................... 179 DTC Logic .............................................................. 214
DTC Logic ............................................................. 179 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 214

P0607 ECM ...................................................... 215 Component Inspection .......................................... 242
DTC Logic ..............................................................215
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................215 P2135 TP SENSOR .......................................... 243
DTC Logic ............................................................. 243
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................. 216 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 243
DTC Logic ..............................................................216 Component Inspection .......................................... 244
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................216
P2138 APP SENSOR ....................................... 245
P0850 PNP SWITCH ....................................... 218 DTC Logic ............................................................. 245
Description .............................................................218 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 245
DTC Logic ..............................................................218 Component Inspection .......................................... 247
Component Function Check ..................................219
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................219 COOLING FAN ................................................. 248
Component Function Check ................................. 248
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 222 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 248
DTC Logic ..............................................................222 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) ......... 250
Component Function Check ..................................222 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor Relay). 250
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL .......................... 251
P1225 TP SENSOR ......................................... 225 Description ............................................................ 251
DTC Logic ..............................................................225 Component Function Check ................................. 251
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................225 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 251
P1226 TP SENSOR ......................................... 226 FUEL INJECTOR .............................................. 253

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 227
DTC Logic ..............................................................227 FUEL PUMP ..................................................... 255
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................227 Component Function Check ................................. 255
Component Inspection ...........................................228 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 255
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO-
TOR RELAY ..................................................... 229 IGNITION SIGNAL ............................................ 257
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Transistor) ............................................................. 259
FUNCTION ....................................................... 231 Component Inspection (Condenser) ..................... 260
DTC Logic ..............................................................231
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................231 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ................ 261
Component Inspection ...........................................233 Component Function Check ................................. 261
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .......... 234
DTC Logic ..............................................................234 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 262
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................234 Component Function Check ................................. 262
Component Inspection ...........................................235 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 262
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 264

ACTUATOR ..................................................... 236
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .... 264
DTC Logic ..............................................................236
Symptom Table ..................................................... 264
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 269
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .......................... 238
Description ............................................................ 269
DTC Logic ..............................................................238
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................238 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 270
Component Inspection ...........................................239
IDLE SPEED ..................................................... 270
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .......................... 240 Inspection .............................................................. 270
DTC Logic ..............................................................240
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................240 IGNITION TIMING ............................................. 271

Inspection .............................................................. 271 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) .......................................................... 275 A
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .............. 272
Inspection .............................................................. 272 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ........ 273 (SDS) ............................................................... 275 EC
Inspection .............................................................. 273 Idle Speed ............................................................. 275
Ignition Timing ....................................................... 275
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 274 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 275
C
Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................ 275
ECM .................................................................. 274
Removal and Installation ....................................... 274
D

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HR16DE]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000007149362
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000007149363
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.
PIIB3706J
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000007091232
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to GI-3, "Contents".

PRECAUTIONS
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit. A
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
EC
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
General Precautions INFOID:0000000007091233
C
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con- D
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is E
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery ground cable.
F
SEF289H
• Do not disassemble ECM. G

• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. So,
engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this H
is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts
because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related I
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
PBIA9222J J
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values K
• When connecting ECM harness connector (1), fasten (B) it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure.
- ECM (2)
L
- Loosen (A)
N
PBIB2947E
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or O

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors. P
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
PBIB0090E

PRECAUTIONS
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-55, "Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MEF040D
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC

CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC CONFIRMA-
TION PROCEDURE if the repair is completed. The Component
Function Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
JSBIA1315ZZ
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow

the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
SEF348N
• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.

• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.

PRECAUTIONS
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar- A
ily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
EC
SEF709Y
D
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location. E
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls. F
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
ratio can be kept smaller. G
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [HR16DE]
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000007091234
Tool number
Description
Tool name
KV10118400 Measuring fuel pressure
Fuel tube adapter
PBIB3043E
KV10120000
Fuel tube adapter
JSBIA0410ZZ
Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000007091235
Tool name Description

Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)
S-NT779

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HR16DE]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
EC
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000007091236
ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT C
J
JSBIA0591ZZ
No. Component Function K

IPDM E/R activates the internal control circuit to perform the relay
ON-OFF control according to the input signals from various sen-
1. IPDM E/R
sors and the request signals received from control units via CAN L
communication.
Refer to PCS-3, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installa-
tionlocation.
M
The battery current sensor is installed to the battery negative ca-
2. Battery current sensor ble. The sensor measures the charging/discharging current of the
battery.
EC-21, "Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sen- N
3. Mass air flow sensor
sor)"
4. Electric throttle control actuator EC-16, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
5. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-19, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve"
O
EC-22, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
6. Refrigerant pressure sensor Refer to HA-13, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installa-
tionlocation. P
7. Cooling fan motor EC-16, "Cooling Fan"
8. ECM EC-16, "ECM"
ENGINE COMPARTMENT

COMPONENT PARTS
JSBIA1319ZZ
A. Left view of the engine B. Engine rear right side
No. Component Function

1. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transistor)
EC-20, "Ignition Coil With Power Transistor"
5. PCV valve EC-23, "Positive Crankcase Ventilation"
6. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-20, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
7. Engine oil pressure sensor EC-18, "Engine Oil Pressure Sensor"
8. Engine oil temperature sensor EC-18, "Engine Oil Temperature Sensor"
9. Knock sensor EC-20, "Knock Sensor"
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-17, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
11. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-15, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"
12. Fuel injector No.1
EC-19, "Fuel Injector"
16. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-16, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)"

COMPONENT PARTS
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT
A
EC
H
JSBIA1320ZZ

I
1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 EC-15, "Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1"
2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-19, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
BODY COMPARTMENT J

COMPONENT PARTS
JSBIA1321ZZ
A. Left side of engine room B. Around pedal

:Vehicle front

EC-19, "Fuel Pump"
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump Refer to MWI-4, "Component Parts Location" for detailed instal-
lationlocation.
2. Combination meter [Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)] EC-20, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp"
EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System De-
3. EVAP canister
scription"
4. Stop lamp switch EC-22, "Stop Lamp Switch"
5. Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-14, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000007091238
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM.
The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal
from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on
these signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The
PBIB1741E
ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.

COMPONENT PARTS
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000007091239
A
DESCRIPTION
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec- EC
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor C
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
D
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JMBIA0112GB
E
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C F
(1,472°F).
H
PBIB3354E
A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER I

A/F sensor 1 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element within the specified range.
J
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000007091243
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion of K

camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position sen-
sor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con- L
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. M
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
JSBIA1375ZZ
change. N
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
O
JPBIA4880GB

COMPONENT PARTS
Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000007091245
WITH AIR CONDITIONING

Cooling fan operates at low and high speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor.
Refer to EC-32, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" for cooling fan operation.
WITHOUT AIR CONDITIONING
Cooling fan operates when the current flows in the cooling fan motor.
Refer to EC-32, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" for cooling fan operation.
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000007091246
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolu-
tion.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
JSBIA1374ZZ
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
JPBIA4880GB
ECM INFOID:0000000007091247
ECM (Engine Control Module) controls the engine.

ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input
and output and for power supply.
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTCmemory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air vol-
ume learning value memory, etc.
PBIA9222J
Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000007091248
OUTLINE

COMPONENT PARTS
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle body, throttle valve, throttle control motor and throttle posi-
tion sensor. A
EC
JSBIA0270GB
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR F

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.The current open-
ing angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor. The throttle position sensor provides
feedback to the ECM, when opens/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle G
control motor.
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. H
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM I
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to
driving conditions via the throttle control motor.
J
PBIB0145E
K
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000007091249
L
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to M
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
N
O
SEF594K

COMPONENT PARTS
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM
terminals. SEF012P
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000007091250
The engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor is detects engine oil pressure
and transmits a voltage signal to the ECM.
JSBIA0292ZZ
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000007091251
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil tempera-
ture input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine oil temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153
SEF012P
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM
terminals.

COMPONENT PARTS
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000007091252
A
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is EC
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
D
JSBIA0651ZZ
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000007091254

E
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and F
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on G
engine fuel needs.
H
PBIA9664J
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000007091255

I
The ECM activates the fuel pump for a few seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and cam-
shaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the J
engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel
pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump. K
Condition Fuel pump operation

Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second. L
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops. M
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000007091257
N
DESCRIPTION
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. O
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- P
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

COMPONENT PARTS
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
• Engine: After warming up
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load
Ignition Coil With Power Transistor INFOID:0000000007091259
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns
ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil
secondary circuit.
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000007091261
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E
Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000007091262
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
JSBIA0284ZZ
Malfunction Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000007091263
The MIL is located on the combination meter.

The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
When the engine is started, the MIL should turn OFF. If MIL remains
ON or continues blinking, the on board diagnostic system detects a
DTC(s) that affects exhaust gas.
For details, refer to EC-45, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunc-
tion Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
JSBIA1315ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000007091264
A
DESCRIPTION
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire EC
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater C
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. D
PBIA9559J
E
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air temperature
and transmits a signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical F
resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise.
<Reference data> G
Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

H
25 (77) 3.3 1.80 - 2.20
80 (176) 1.2 0.28 - 0.36
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM I
terminals.
J
SEF012P
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp INFOID:0000000007091265
K
Oil pressure warning lamp is located on the combination meter.
It indicates the low pressure of the engine oil and the malfunction of
the engine oil pressure system.
Combination meter turns the oil pressure warning lamp ON/OFF L
according to the oil pressure warning lamp signal received from
ECM via CAN communication.
For details, refer to EC-36, "ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT M
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System Description".
N
PBIA8559J

COMPONENT PARTS
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000007091266
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
PBIB2657E
Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000007091267
Stop lamp switch is installed to brake pedal bracket.

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp
switch when the brake pedal is depressed. This signal is used
mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is being
driven.
JSBIA0308ZZ

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
A
Positive Crankcase Ventilation INFOID:0000000007091271
EC
G
PBIB2962E
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. H
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. I
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes
through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. J
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi- K
tions.
M
PBIB1588E

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000007091273
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA1362GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

SYSTEM
ECM controls the engine by various functions.
A
Function Reference
EC-27, "MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System De-
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
scription" EC
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM EC-30, "ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description"
EC-31, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Descrip-
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
tion" C
COOLING FAN CONTROL EC-32, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description"
EC-34, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Descrip-
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM D
tion"
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL EC-35, "INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description"
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRES- EC-36, "ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE
SURE OIL PRESSURE : System Description" E
CAN COMMUNICATION EC-37, "CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description"
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe INFOID:0000000007149390 F
NON DTC RELATED ITEM

G
Detected Engine operating condition
Remarks Reference page
items in fail-safe mode
Malfunction Engine speed will not rise When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the H
indicator more than 2,500 rpm due driver by lighting up MIL when there is malfunction on engine control
lamp circuit to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related EC-261, "Compo-
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the nent Function I
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open Check"
by means of operating fail safe function.
The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction. J
DTC RELATED ITEM

K
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail safe mode
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
control does not function.
L
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions. M
P0118 sensor circuit CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT display)
N
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F)
Except as shown above

40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F) O
(Depends on the time)
When the fail safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
P
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0223 condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P0197 Engine oil temperature sensor Intake valve timing control does not function.
P0198

SYSTEM
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor The cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running.
P0524 Engine oil pressure ECM illuminates oil pressure warning lamp on the combination meter.
P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2103 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in the Neutral position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm
or more.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position sen- The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2128 condition.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM

SYSTEM
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000007091275
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA1363GB J
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator K

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*4
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
L
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature M
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
N
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Fuel injection & mixture
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch*1 Fuel injector
PNP signal ratio control
Transmission range switch*2 O
Battery Battery voltage*4

Knock sensor Engine knocking condition P
Heated oxygen sensor 2*3 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
EPS control unit EPS operation signal*5

Combination meter Vehicle speed*5
A/C ON signal*5
BCM
Blower fan signal*5

SYSTEM
*1: M/T models
*2: A/T models
*3: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*4: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*5: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever position is changed from N to D (A/T models)
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
PBIB2793E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for drivability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sen-
sor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to
EC-15, "Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-
fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated
oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of heated sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D (A/T models)
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL

SYSTEM
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret- A
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
EC
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim C
includes “short-term fuel trim” and “long-term fuel trim”.
“Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the- D
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the “short-term fuel trim” from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differ- E
ences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
F
SEF337W
Two types of systems are used. I

• Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running. J
• Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals
of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle. K
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
L
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper-
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
M

SYSTEM
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000007091277
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA1364GB
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Ignition timing control Ignition coil (with power transistor)
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch*1
PNP signal
Transmission range switch*2
Knock sensor Engine knocking
*1: M/T models
*2: A/T models
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not

SYSTEM
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition. A
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000007091279
EC
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
C
JSBIA0320GB J

K
L
IPDM E/R
Battery Battery voltage*1 ↓ M
A/C compressor request
Air conditioner relay
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure signal
↓
EPS control unit EPS operation signal*2 Compressor
N
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*2
A/C ON signal*2
BCM O
Blower fan signal*2
P
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.

SYSTEM
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
COOLING FAN CONTROL
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000007091286
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0321GB

IPDM E/R
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure ↓
Cooling fan speed request
Cooling fan relay
Battery Battery voltage*1 signal
↓
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 Cooling fan motor
A/C ON signal*2
BCM
Blower fan signal*2
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION (WITH AIR CONDITIONING)
ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pres-
sure, air conditioner ON signal. Then control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].

SYSTEM
Cooling Fan Operation
A
EC
PBIB2483E F
Cooling Fan Relay Operation
The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.
G
Cooling fan relay
Cooling fan speed Cooling fan motor relay
1 2
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF
H
Low (LOW) ON OFF OFF
High (HI) ON ON ON
I
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION (WITHOUT AIR CONDITIONING)
ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pres-
sure, air conditioner ON signal. Then control system has 2-step control [HIGH/OFF]. J
Cooling Fan Operation
JSBIA1323GB
P
Cooling Fan Relay Operation
The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.
Cooling fan speed Cooling fan relay

Stop (OFF) OFF
Operate (HI) ON

SYSTEM
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000007091288
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0114GB

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) *1
Engine speed
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas EVAP canister purge EVAP canister purge volume
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) flow control control solenoid valve

SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A
EC
PBIB3039E F
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
G
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is H
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling. I
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000007091290
J
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
K
JPBIA4760GB
O

P

SYSTEM

Engine oil temperature sensor Engine oil temperature Intake valve timing Intake valve timing control
control solenoid valve
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
JPBIA4884GB
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, engine oil tempera-
ture and engine coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve
timing (IVT) control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open
timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System De-
scription INFOID:0000000007150039
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0704GB

Engine oil pressure sensor Engine pressure Engine protection control Combination meter
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed • Oil pressure warning lamp signal • Oil pressure warning lamp

SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
• The engine protection control at low engine oil pressure warns the driver of a decrease in engine oil pres- A
sure by the oil pressure warning lamp a before the engine becomes damaged.
• When detecting a decrease in engine oil pressure at an engine speed less than 1,000 rpm, ECM transmits
an oil pressure warning lamp signal to the combination meter. The combination meter turns ON the oil pres- EC
sure warning lamp, according to the signal.
Decrease in engine Combination meter

Engine speed C
oil pressure Oil pressure warning lamp
Less than 1,000 rpm ON*
Detection
1,000 rpm or more ON D
*: When detecting a normal engine oil pressure, ECM turns OFF the oil pressure warning lamp.
CAN COMMUNICATION E
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000007091284
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- F
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. G
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-22, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail. H

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000007091303
This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diag-
nostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000007091304
When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to EC-38, "Diag-
nosis Description".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
A
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic
INFOID:0000000007091305 EC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in C
the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored.
<2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is per-
formed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink D
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC E

Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip
Blinking Illuminated Blinking Illuminated displaying displaying displaying displaying
F
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst G
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Refer
— × — — × — — —
H
to EC-67, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —
I
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000007091306
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

J
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not K
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words, L
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory. M
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-67, "DTC Index". These items are required
by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-con-
tinuously are also displayed on CONSULT. N
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illu-
minating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-87, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirma- O
tion Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA P
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT screen.

Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 – P0308
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000007091307
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on.
• The MIL will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other

MIL (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR
DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYS-
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS-
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
• *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
• *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-
terioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”

EC
L
JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. O
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- P
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-43, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
Driving Pattern C

Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 – 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 – 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than
70°C (158°F)
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust
Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
JMBIA1418GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- A
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi- EC
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
C
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip D
freeze frame data will be cleared.
Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System” E
Driving Pattern A
Driving Pattern B F
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000007091308
G
DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more. H
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (36°F) or more after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF. I
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
A.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving J
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
K
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of L
closed loop.
• Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop. M
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start. N
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern O
B.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern B.
P
DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature condition:

• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should be lower
than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should
be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of the above vehicle conditions, reset the counter of driv-
ing pattern C.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern C.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code INFOID:0000000007091309
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT SET TIMING
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”

Example
Self-diagnosis result A
Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
EC
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG
(Consecutive NG)
C
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
D
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out. E
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above F
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1) G
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons:
H
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair. I
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out J
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000007091310
K
• When detecting a DTC that affects exhaust gas, the exhaust emis-
sion-related control module transmits a malfunction indicator lamp
signal to ECM via CAN communication line.
ECM prioritizes (MIL: ON/blink) the signal received from the L
exhaust emission-related control module and the ECM-stored DTC
that affects exhaust gas and transmits a malfunction indicator lamp
signal to the combination meter via CAN communication line. M
The combination meter turns ON or blinks the MIL, according to
the signal transmitted from ECM, and alerts the driver of malfunc-
tion detection.
N
• Control modules that a DTC of MIL ON/Blink is stored (Control
JSBIA1315ZZ
module varies among DTCs.):
- ECM
- TCM O
1. The MIL illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON (engine is not running).
NOTE:
Check the MIL circuit if MIL does not illuminate. Refer to EC-261, "Component Function Check".
P
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
NOTE:
If MIL remains ON or continues blinking, a DTC(s) that affects exhaust gas is detected. In this case, Self-
diagnosis is required for performing inspection and repair.
On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000007091311
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM

The on board diagnostic system has the following functions.
Diagnostic test mode Function

Bulb check MIL can be checked.
SRT status ECM can read if SRT codes are set.
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MIL to inform the driver that a mal-
function has been detected.
Self-diagnostic results DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM can be read.
Accelerator pedal released position learning ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-92, "Description".
Throttle valve closed position learning ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to EC-93, "Description".
Idle air volume learning ECM can learn the idle air volume. Refer to EC-94, "Description".
Mixture ratio self-learning value clear Mixture ratio self-learning value can be erased. Refer to EC-96, "Description".
BULB CHECK MODE

Description
This function allows damage inspection in the MIL bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.).
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. The MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON.
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-261, "Component Function Check".
SRT STATUS MODE
Description
This function allows to read if ECM has completed the self-diagnoses of major emission control systems and
components. For SRT, refer to EC-44, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown blow.
• ECM continues to illuminate MIL if all SRT codes are set.
• ECM blinks MIL for about 10 seconds if all SRT codes are not set.
JMBIA1515GB
MALFUNCTION WARNING MODE

Description
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system com-
ponents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
Operation Procedure

2. Check that MIL illuminates. A
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-261, "Component Function Check".
3. Start engine and let it idle.
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects the same malfunction twice in EC
the two consecutive driving cycles.
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle.
C
• ECM blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire).
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE
Description D
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MIL is
blinking.
How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode E
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal- F
function.
• After ignition switch is turned off, ECM is always released from the “self-diagnostic results” mode.
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. G
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
• Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
• Fully release the accelerator pedal. H
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the
MIL starts blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL starts blinking during this period. This blinking I
is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to “Self-diagnostic results” mode. J
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs.
K
PBIB0092E
How to Read Self-diagnostic Results N

The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL O
illuminates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either

DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by
using the CONSULT or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. Refer to EC-67, "DTC Index".
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as
well.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
NOTE:
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed
above is erased. (The amount of time required for erasing may vary from a few seconds to several hours.)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

5. Set ECM in “self-diagnostic results” mode. A
6. The diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds.
7. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed. EC
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000007091312
C
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function

D
Ecu Identification ECM part number can be read.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self Diagnostic Result
can be read and erased quickly.* E
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active Test
some parameters in a specified range. F
Function Test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work Support
indications on the CONSULT unit. G
DTC & SRT Confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
H
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data I
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
J
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
K
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DURING When releasing fuel pressure from
IDLING. fuel line L
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN • THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE WITH- When learning the idle air volume
IN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN ECM. M
SELF-LEARNING CONT • THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL MIX- When clearing mixture ratio self-
TURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFI- learning value
CIENT.
N
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition timing
CLSD THL POS LEARN • IGNITION ON AND ENGINE STOPPED. When learning throttle valve closed O
position
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE P
Self Diagnostic Item

Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-67, "DTC Index".
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTCs and 1st trip DTCs related to the malfunction are displayed in “self-diag results”.
• When ECM detects a 1st trip DTC, “1t” is displayed for “TIME”.
• When ECM has detected a current DTC, “0” is displayed for “TIME”.

• If “TIME” is neither “0” nor “1t”, the DTC occurred in the past and ECM shows the number of times the vehi-
cle has been driven since the last detection of the DTC.
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec-
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
3. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data item* Description

• The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX.
DTC RESULTS
(Refer to EC-67, "DTC Index".)
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] • The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule than short-term fuel trim.
• “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base
fuel schedule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or [mph] • The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] • The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] • The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One mode in the following is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B1
Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored Item
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks

• Accuracy becomes poor if engine
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the speed drops below the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED rpm signal of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) • If the signal is interrupted while the
and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is value is indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1 V
displayed. • When engine is running, specification
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection
• When engine is running, specification
B/FUEL SCHDL ms pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
learned on board correction.

A
value is indicated.
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback cor- • When engine is running, specification
A/F ALPHA-B1 %
rection factor per cycle is indicated. range is indicated in “SPEC”. EC
• This data also includes the data for
the air-fuel ratio learning control.
• When the engine coolant temperature
• The engine coolant temperature (determined by sensor is open or short-circuited,
C
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F the signal voltage of the engine coolant tempera- ECM enters fail-safe mode. The en-
ture sensor) is displayed. gine coolant temperature determined
by the ECM is displayed. D
• The A/F signal computed from the input signal of
A/F SEN1 (B1) V
the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is displayed.
• The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 E
HO2S2 (B1) V
is displayed.
• Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three
HO2S2 MNTR(B1) RICH/LEAN way catalyst is relatively small.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain F
value is indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three
way catalyst is relatively large.
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle G
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph speed signal sent from combination meter is dis-
played.
BATTERY VOLT V • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed. H
ACCEL SEN 1 • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by
• The accelerator pedal position sensor signal volt-
V ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
ACCEL SEN 2 age is displayed.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
I
TP SEN 1-B1 • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by
• The throttle position sensor signal voltage is dis-
V ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
TP SEN 2-B1 played.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
J
• Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed • After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
START SIGNAL ON/OFF by the ECM according to the signals of engine played regardless of the starter sig-
speed and battery voltage. nal.
• Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by
K
CLSD THL POS ON/OFF ECM according to the accelerator pedal position
sensor signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air condition- L
AIR COND SIG ON/OFF er switch as determined by the air conditioner sig-
nal.
• [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system M
PW/ST SIGNAL ON/OFF (determined by the signal sent from EPS control
unit) is indicated.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the electrical
N
lode signal.
ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or
LOAD SIGNAL ON/OFF
lighting switch is 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and light- O
ing switch are OFF.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch
IGNITION SW ON/OFF
signal.
P
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan
HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp
BRAKE SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width
INJ PULSE-B1 msec compensated by ECM according to the input sig-
computed value is indicated.
nals.

• Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM • When the engine is stopped, a certain
IGN TIMING BTDC
according to the input signals. value is indicated.
• “Calculated load value” indicates the value of the
CAL/LD VALUE %
current air flow divided by peak air flow.
• Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM ac-
MASS AIRFLOW g/s cording to the signal voltage of the mass air flow
sensor.
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume con-
trol solenoid valve control value computed by the
PURG VOL C/V % ECM according to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the value in-
creases.
• Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advance an-
INT/V TIM(B1) °CA
gle.
• The control value of the intake valve timing con-
trol solenoid valve (determined by ECM accord-
INT/V SOL(B1) ing to the input signals) is indicated.
%
• The advance angle becomes larger as the value
increases.
• The air conditioner relay control condition (deter-
AIR COND RLY ON/OFF mined by ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated.
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition
FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF determined by ECM according to the input sig-
nals.
• Indicates the throttle control motor relay control
THRTL RELAY ON/OFF condition determined by the ECM according to
the input signals.
• Indicates the condition of the cooling fan (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input signals).
COOLING FAN HI/LOW/OFF HI: High speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON/OFF sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to
the input signals.
• The control condition of the power generation
voltage variable control (determined by ECM ac-
cording to the input signals) is indicated.
ALT DUTY SIG ON/OFF ON: Power generation voltage variable control is
active.
OFF: Power generation voltage variable control
is inactive.
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VEHICLE SPEED km/h or mph
speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.
• Displays the condition of Idle Air Volume Learn-
ing
YET: Idle air volume learning has not been per-
IDL A/V LEARN YET/CMPLT
formed yet.
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already
been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL km or mile • Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
• The engine oil temperature (determined by the
ENG OIL TEMP °C or °F signal voltage of the engine oil temperature sen-
sor) is indicated.

A
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control value
computed by ECM according to the input signals.
A/F S1 HTR(B1) %
• The current flow to the heater becomes larger as
the value increases. EC
• Indicates the correction of a factor stored in ECM.
The factor is calculated from the difference be-
A/F ADJ-B1 — tween the target air-fuel ratio stored in ECM and
the air-fuel ratio calculated from A/F sensor 1 sig-
C
nal.
• The intake air temperature (determined by the
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F signal voltage of the intake air temperature sen- D
sor) is indicated.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neu-
P/N POSI SW ON/OFF
tral position (PNP) signal. E
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure
AC PRESS SEN V
sensor is displayed.
THRTL STK CNT B1 — Not used. F
EOP SENSOR mV • The signal voltage of EOP sensor is displayed.
INCMP/CM- NOTE:
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B1) G
PLT The item is indicated, but not used.
A/F SEN1 INCMP/CM- NOTE:
DIAG2(B1) PLT The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE: H
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
ACTIVE TEST MODE I

Test Item
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) J

• Engine: Return to the original trouble
• Harness and connectors
condition If trouble symptom disappears,
FUEL INJECTION • Fuel injector
• Change the amount of fuel injection using see CHECK ITEM. K
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
CONSULT.
• Engine: Return to the original trouble
condition
If trouble symptom disappears, • Perform Idle Air Volume L
IGNITION TIMING • Timing light: Set
see CHECK ITEM. Learning.
• Retard the ignition timing using CON-
SULT.
• Engine: After warming up, idle the en- • Harness and connectors M
gine. • Compression
• A/C switch OFF • Fuel injector
POWER BALANCE Engine runs rough or dies.
• Shift lever: Neutral • Power transistor
• Cut off each fuel injector signal one at a • Spark plug N
time using CONSULT. • Ignition coil
• Ignition switch: ON • Harness and connectors
COOLING FAN* • Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “HI” and Cooling fan moves and stops. • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay) O
“OFF” CONSULT. • Cooling fan motor
• Engine: Return to the original trouble • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT condition If trouble symptom disappears, • Engine coolant temperature
P
TEMP • Change the engine coolant temperature see CHECK ITEM. sensor
using CONSULT. • Fuel injector
• Engine: After warming up, run engine at
1,500 rpm.
Engine speed changes accord- • Harness and connectors
PURG VOL CONT/V • Change the EVAP canister purge volume
ing to the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
control solenoid valve opening percent
using CONSULT.

TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
ALTERNATOR • Engine: Idle
Battery voltage changes. • IPDM E/R
DUTY • Change duty ratio using CONSULT.
• Alternator
• Engine: Return to the original non-stan-
INT V/T ASSIGN dard condition If malfunctioning symptom dis-
• Intake valve timing control
ANGLE • Change intake valve timing using CON- appears, see CHECK ITEM.
solenoid valve
SULT.
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE

SRT STATUS Mode
For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page

A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 P0133 EC-150, "DTC Logic"
A/F SEN1
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 P0130 EC-141, "DTC Logic"
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 P0138 EC-159, "DTC Logic"
HO2S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1147 P0137 EC-154, "DTC Logic"
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 P0139 EC-166, "DTC Logic"

ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HR16DE]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000007091313
EC
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

Remarks: C
• Specification data are reference values.
• Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
*Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the D
specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING
monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor
(PHASE) and other ignition timing related sensors. E
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status

Almost the same speed as F
ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT value with the tachometer indication.
the tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-108, "Description".
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-108, "Description". G
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-108, "Description".
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158F)
H
A/F SEN1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1)
are met. 1.0 V
- Engine: After warming up I
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at LEAN ←→ RICH
idle for 1 minute under no load
VHCL SPEED SE
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as J
cation. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V K

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V

ACCEL SEN 2 L
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V
TP SEN 1-B1 (Engine stopped)
• Shift lever: 1st Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V M
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V

TP SEN 2-B1 (Engine stopped)
• Shift lever:1st Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V N
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS O
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON P
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
• Engine: After warming up, idle Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
the engine Steering wheel: Being turned ON

ECM
Rear window defogger switch: ON
and/or ON
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON Lighting switch: 2nd position
Rear window defogger switch and lighting
OFF
switch: OFF
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
• Engine: After warming up, idle Heater fan switch: ON ON

HEATER FAN SW
the engine Heater fan switch: OFF OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
• Selector lever position: P or N (A/
INJ PULSE-B1 T) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• No load
• Engine: After warming up 7°BTDC (A/T)
Idle
• Selector lever position: P or N (A/ 10°BTDC (M/T)
IGN TIMING T) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 25° - 45°BTDC
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35%
CAL/LD VALUE T) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0.8 - 4.0 g/s
MASS AIRFLOW T) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 2.0 - 10.0 g/s
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
PURG VOL C/V T) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 0% - 50%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
INT/V TIM(B1) T) or Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to 2,000rpm
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0° - 40°CA
Quickly
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
INT/V SOL(B1) T) or Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to 2,000rpm
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0% - 90%
Quickly
• No load
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
• For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch: ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
• Except above OFF
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON

ECM
A
Engine coolant temperature is 98°C
OFF
(208°F) or less
• Engine: After warning up, idle the
Engine coolant temperature is between
COOLING FAN engine LOW EC
98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature is 100°C
HIGH
(212°F) or more
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. C
- Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load D
• Power generation voltage variable control: Operating ON
ALT DUTY SIG
• Power generation voltage variable control: Not operating OFF
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as E
VEHICLE SPEED
cation. speedometer indication
Idle air volume learning has not been per-
YET
formed yet. F
IDL A/V LEARN • Engine: running
Idle air volume learning has already been
CMPLT
performed successfully.
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has turned 0 - 65,535 km G
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON
ON. (0 - 40,723 miles)
ENG OIL TEMP • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158F)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine H
A/F S1 HTR (B1) 4 - 100%
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
A/F ADJ-B1 • Engine running −0.330 - 0.330
Indicates intake air tempera-
I
INT/A TEMP SE • Ignition switch: ON
ture
Selector lever position: P or N (A/T) or
ON J
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON Neutral (M/T)
Shift lever: Except above OFF
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0 V K
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates.)
THRTL STK CNT B1 Not used. —
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx 1,000 - 2,000 mV
L
EOP SENSOR T) or Neutral (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx 1,500 - 3,500 mV
• No load M
NOTE:
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B1) —
The item is indicated, but not used.
A/F SEN1 NOTE: N
—
DIAG2(B1) The item is indicated, but not used.
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM inter-
nally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal. O

ECM
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PBIA9221J
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• ECM is located in the engine room left side near battery.
• When disconnecting ECM harness connector (A), loosen (C) it with
levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
- ECM (1)
- Fasten (B)
• Connect a break-out box and harness adapter between the ECM
and ECM harness connector.
- Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
- Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
• Specification data are reference values and are measured
between each terminals.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.
JMBIA0029ZZ
Terminal No. Description

Value
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output
2.6 V
[Ignition switch: ON]

1 108 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped
Output
(L) (B) (Open) • Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
JMBIA0213GB
2 108 Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE

Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(L/W) (B) supply (11 - 14 V)
2.9 - 8.8 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
3 108
A/F sensor 1 heater Output • Idle speed
(G) (B)
(More than 140 seconds after start-
ing engine)
JSBIA0714GB
1.8 V

4 108 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped
Output
(P) (B) (Close) • Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
JMBIA0215GB

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
[Engine is running] 10 V
EC
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm af-
ter the following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between C
5 59 Heated oxygen sensor 2 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
Output and at idle for 1 minute under no
(BR/W) (R/W) heater
load
JMBIA0214GB
D
• Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14 V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
F
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
G
9 108 EVAP canister purge vol- JMBIA0039GB
(SB) (B) ume control solenoid valve

Output H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running] I
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm
(More than 100 seconds after start-
ing engine.)
J
JMBIA0216GB
10
— ECM ground — — — K
(B)
11
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
L
0 - 1.0 V
↓
15 108 [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
Throttle control motor relay Output ↓ M
(G/W) (B)
0V
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
N

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
17 0 - 0.3 V
Ignition signal No. 1
(V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
18 NOTE:
Ignition signal No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depending
(Y/B)
on rpm at idle
JMBIA0219GB
108
Output
21 (B)
Ignition signal No. 4 0.2 - 0.5 V
(W)
[Engine is running]
22 • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
Ignition signal No. 3
(BR)
JMBIA0220GB

• For 1 second after turning ignition
0 - 1.0 V
switch ON
23 108 [Engine is running]
Fuel pump relay Output
(GR) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning ig-
(11 - 14 V)
nition switch ON
25 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fuel injector No. 4
(R) (11 - 14 V)
29
Fuel injector No. 3
(G) [Engine is running]
108
Output • Warm-up condition
30 (B)
Fuel injector No. 2 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
(O)
31
Fuel injector No. 1
(L) JMBIA0222GB
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0 V
• A few seconds after turning ignition
32 108 ECM relay switch OFF
Output
(P) (B) (Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turn-
(11 - 14 V)
ing ignition switch OFF
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
33 36 • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Throttle position sensor 1 Input
(W) (R) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V
34 36 • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Throttle position sensor 2 Input
(B) (R) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
36 Sensor ground
— — — — EC
(R) (Throttle position sensor)
37 40 [Engine is running]
Knock sensor Input 2.5 V
(W) (L) • Idle speed
0 - 4.8 V C
38 44 Engine coolant temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(LG) (P) sensor
coolant temperature.
40 Sensor ground D
— — — —
(L) (Knock sensor shield circuit)
Sensor ground
44
— (Engine coolant tempera- — — — E
(P)
ture sensor)
[Ignition switch ON]
0.6 V
• Engine stopped
F
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.7 - 1.3 V
45 52
Mass air flow sensor Input • Idle speed
(G/B) (LG) G
[Engine is running] 0.7 - 1.3 to 4.3 V
• Warm-up condition (Check for linear voltage rise in
• Engine is revving from idle to about response to engine being in-
4,000 rpm creased to about 4,000 rpm.) H
0 - 4.8 V
46 52 Intake air temperature sen-
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
(V) (LG) sor
air temperature.
I
[Engine is running]
47 60 • Idle speed
Engine oil pressure sensor Input J
(Y) (L) [Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
49 108 K
A/F sensor 1 Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2 V
(P) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 L
rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met
50 59
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Input - Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0 V
(L/R) (R/W) M
- Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no
load
N
Sensor ground
52
— (Mass air flow sensor/Intake — — —
(LG)
air temperature sensor)
O
[Engine is running] 1.8 V
53 108
A/F sensor 1 Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
(L) (B)
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm ratio.
Sensor ground P
54
— (Engine oil temperature — — —
(BR)
sensor)
0 - 4.8 V
57 54 Engine oil temperature sen-
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(P) (BR) sor
oil temperature.
59 Sensor ground
— — — —
(R/W) (Heated oxygen sensor 2)

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
60 Sensor ground
— — — —
(L) (Engine oil pressure sensor)
4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
61 62 Crankshaft position sensor JMBIA2185GB

Input
(R) (G) (POS)
4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JMBIA2186GB
Sensor ground
62
— [Crankshaft position sensor — — —
(G)
(POS)]
Sensor ground
63
— [Camshaft position sensor — — —
(GR)
(PHASE)]
4.3 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
JSBIA0718GB
65 63 Camshaft position sensor
Input
(W/R) (GR) (PHASE)
4.3 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
JSBIA0719GB

BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/
69 108 (11 - 14 V)
Park/Neutral position signal Input T)
(BR) (B)
0V
• Shift lever: Except above position
72 36 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(W) (R) (Throttle position sensor)

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE EC
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
7 - 10 V
C
73 108 Intake valve timing control
Output [Engine is running]
(P) (B) solenoid valve
• When revving engine up to
D
2,000rpm quickly
JMBIA1638GB
E
74 60 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(O) (L) (Engine oil pressure sensor)
Sensor power supply
75 62 F
[Crankshaft position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(BR) (G)
(POS)]
Sensor power supply
78 63
[Camshaft position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V G
(L/W) (GR)
(PHASE)]
81 108 Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
(V) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14 V) H
83 Input/
— CAN-L — —
(P) Output
84 Input/ I
— CAN-H — —
(L) Output
[Engine is running]
85 98 • Warm-up condition J
Refrigerant pressure sensor Input 1.0 - 4.0 V
(GR) (LG) • Both A/C switch and blower fan
switch: ON (Compressor operates)
88 Input/
— Data link connector — — K
(GR) Output
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
93 108
Ignition switch Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(O) (B) [Ignition switch: ON] L
(11 - 14 V)
Sensor ground
98
— (Refrigerant pressure sen- — — —
(LG) M
sor)
0V
99 108 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch Input
(R) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE N
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V)
Sensor power supply
101 98
(W) (LG)
(Refrigerant pressure sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V O
sor)
Sensor power supply
102 104
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V P
(BR) (Y)
sensor 2)
• Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6 V
103 104 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(GR) (Y) sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
Sensor ground
104
— (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(Y)
sensor 2)
105 108 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (B) (11 - 14 V)
Sensor power supply
106 111
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(V) (R)
sensor 1)
108
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
110 111 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(SB) (R) sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
Sensor ground
111
— (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(R)
sensor 1)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-74, "How to
Handle Battery".
Fail Safe INFOID:0000000007091314
NON DTC RELATED ITEM
Detected Engine operating condition

Remarks Reference page
items in fail-safe mode
Malfunction Engine speed will not rise When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the
indicator more than 2,500 rpm due driver by lighting up MIL when there is malfunction on engine control
lamp circuit to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related EC-261, "Compo-
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the nent Function
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open Check"
by means of operating fail safe function.
The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.
DTC RELATED ITEM
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
control does not function.
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103

ECM
A
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
P0118 sensor circuit CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition EC
(CONSULT display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F)
C
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
D
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal E
P0223 condition.
P0197 Engine oil temperature sensor Intake valve timing control does not function. F
P0198
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor The cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running.
P0524 Engine oil pressure ECM illuminates oil pressure warning lamp on the combination meter. G
P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. H
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a I
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition J
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a K
P2103 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. L
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring M
malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
N
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
O
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in the Neutral position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm P
or more.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position sen- The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2128 condition.

ECM
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000007091315
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
Priority DTC Detected items

U1000, U1001 CAN communication line
P0102, P0103 Mass air flow sensor
P0112, P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
P0117, P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P1225, P1226, P2135 Throttle position sensor
P0197, P0198 Engine oil temperature sensor
P0327, P0328 Knock sensor
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
1
P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
P0520 Engine oil pressure sensor
P0605, P0607 ECM
P0643 Sensor power supply
P0850 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
P1610 - P1615 NATS
P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
P0031, P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
P0037, P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0137, P0138, P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
2
P0603 ECM power supply
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
P1805 Brake switch
P2100, P2103 Throttle control motor relay
P2101 Electric throttle control function
P2118 Throttle control motor
P0011 Intake valve timing control
P0171, P0172 Fuel injection system function
P0300 - P0304 Misfire
3
P0420 Three way catalyst function
P0524 Engine oil pressure
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator

ECM
DTC Index INFOID:0000000007091316
A
×:Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC*1
Items
SRT code Trip MIL Reference page
EC
CONSULT (CONSULT screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
U1000 1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 1 × EC-120
C
U1001 *4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-120
1001
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 — — — —
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. D
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 — 2 × EC-121
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-124
E
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-124
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-126
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-126 F
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 — 2 × EC-128
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × EC-131
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × EC-131 G
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × EC-135
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × EC-135
H
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × EC-137
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × EC-137
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-139 I
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-139
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × EC-141
J
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-144
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-147
P0133 0133 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × EC-150 K
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-154
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-159
L
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-166
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × EC-171
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × EC-175 M
P0197 0197 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-179
P0198 0198 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-179
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-181
N
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-181

P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-183
O
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-183
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-183 P
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — EC-189
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — EC-189
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-191
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-194

ECM
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT SRT code Trip MIL Reference page
(CONSULT screen terms)
*2 ECM*3
GST
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × EC-197
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × EC-202
P0500 0500 VEHICLE SPEED SEN A*5 — 2 × EC-205
P0520 0520 EOP SENSOR/SWITCH — 2 — EC-207
P0524 0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE — 1 — EC-210
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT*6 — 2 × EC-213
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — EC-214
1*7 ×*7
P0607 0607 ECM — EC-215
2*8 —*8
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × EC-216
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-218
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × EC-222
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — EC-225
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — EC-226
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 2 — SEC-28
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM — 2 — SEC-29
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 — SEC-30
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY — 2 — SEC-31
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-227
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × EC-229
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-231
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR — 1 × EC-229
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 × EC-234
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × EC-236
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-238
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-238
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-240
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-240
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × EC-243
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × EC-245
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J1979/ ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT.
*5: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
*6: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is dis-
played on CONSULT screen.
*7: A/T models.
*8: M/T models.
Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000007175768
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.

ECM
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen. A
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)
EC

ECM
Test value and Test

limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0131 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for
P0131 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0130 85H 0BH
cycle
P0130 86H 0BH
test cycle
Response rate: Response ratio (lean
P0133 87H 04H
to rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (rich to
P0133 88H 04H
lean)
P2A00 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A00 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
01H
(Bank 1)
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
P014C 8DH 04H
lean bank 1 sensor 1
P014C 8EH 04H
O2 sensor slow response - Lean to rich
P014D 8FH 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
HO2S P014D 90H 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to
P015A 91H 01H
P015A 92H 01H
O2 sensor delayed response - Lean to
P015B 93H 01H
rich bank 1 sensor 1
P015B 94H 01H
P0138 07H 0CH
cycle
P0137 08H 0CH
test cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 2
02H
(Bank 1) P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
Rear O2 sensor delay response diag-
P0139 82H 11H
nosis
P0143 07H 0CH
cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for

03H P0144 08H 0CH
(Bank 1) test cycle
P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0151 83H 0BH
cycle
C
P0151 84H 0BH
test cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage for test D
P0150 85H 0BH
cycle
P0150 86H 0BH
test cycle
E
Response rate: Response ratio (lean
P0153 87H 04H
to rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (rich to
P0153 88H 04H
lean)
F
P2A03 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A03 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
G
P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
05H
(Bank 2)
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to H
P014E 8DH 04H
P014E 8EH 04H
lean bank 2 sensor 1 I
P014F 8FH 84H
bank 2 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Lean to rich J
HO2S P014F 90H 84H
bank 2 sensor 1
P015C 91H 01H
lean bank 2 sensor 1 K
P015C 92H 01H
O2 sensor delayed response - Lean to L
P015D 93H 01H
P015D 94H 01H
rich bank 2 sensor 1 M
P0158 07H 0CH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for N
P0157 08H 0CH
test cycle
06H
(Bank 2) P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0159 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage O
Rear O2 sensor delay response diag-
P0159 82H 11H
nosis
Minimum sensor output voltage for test P
P0163 07H 0CH
cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for

07H P0164 08H 0CH
(Bank2) test cycle
P0166 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust in-
P0420 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function dex value
21H
(Bank1) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output
P2423 83H 0CH
voltage
CATA- P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst

LYST P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust in-
P0430 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function dex value
22H
(Bank2) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output
P2424 83H 0CH
voltage
P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
Low flow faults: EGR temp change rate
P0400 80H 96H
(short term)
Low flow faults: EGR temp change rate
P0400 81H 96H
(long term)
EGR Low flow faults: Difference between
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 82H 96H max EGR temp and EGR temp under
idling condition
P0400 83H 96H Low flow faults: Max EGR temp
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase
P1402 84H 96H
rate
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0011 80H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0014 81H 9DH
35H VVT Monitor (Bank1) P0011 82H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
P0014 83H 9DH
P100A 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
VVT P1090 85H 10H VEL servo system diagnosis

SYSTEM VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0021 80H 9DH
P0024 81H 9DH
36H VVT Monitor (Bank2) P0021 82H 9DH
P0024 83H 9DH
P100B 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
P1093 85H 10H VEL servo system diagnosis

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
EVAP control system leak Difference in pressure sensor output
39H P0455 80H 0CH
(Cap Off) voltage before and after pull down
C
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than 0.04
3BH P0442 80H 05H
(Small leak) inch)
Leak area index (for more than 0.02 D
P0456 80H 05H
inch)
EVAP
SYSTEM EVAP control system leak Maximum internal pressure of EVAP
3CH P0456 81H FDH
(Very small leak) system during monitoring
E
Internal pressure of EVAP system at
P0456 82H FDH
the end of monitoring
Difference in pressure sensor output
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH voltage before and after vent control
F
valve close
Low Input: P0031 Converted value of heater electric cur-
41H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) 81H 0BH G
High Input: P0032 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input: P0037 Converted value of heater electric cur-
42H 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) High Input: P0038 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of heater electric cur- H
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) rent to voltage
SOR
HEATER Low Input: P0051 Converted value of heater electric cur-
45H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) 81H 0BH
High Input: P0052 rent to voltage I
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input: P0057 Converted value of heater electric cur-
46H 80H 0CH
er (Bank 2) High Input: P0058 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of heater electric cur- J
47H P0063 80H 0CH
er (Bank 2) rent to voltage
Secondary air injection system incor-
P0411 80H 01H
rect flow detected K
Bank1: P0491 Secondary air injection system insuffi-
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 cient flow
Secondary air injection system pump L
P2445 82H 01H
stuck off
SEC-
Secondary air injection system high
OND- 71H Secondary air system P2448 83H 01H
airflow M
ARY AIR
Bank1: P2440 Secondary air injection system switch-
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 ing valve stuck open
Secondary air injection system switch- N
P2440 85H 01H
ing valve stuck open
Secondary air injection system pump
P2444 86H 01H
stuck on
O
P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function The number of lambda control
81H P0171 or P0172 81H 24H
(Bank 1) clamped P
FUEL P117A 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring
SYSTEM P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function The number of lambda control
82H P0174 or P0175 81H 24H
(Bank 2) clamped
P117B 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0301 80H 24H
the first cylinder
P0302 81H 24H
the second cylinder
P0303 82H 24H
the third cylinder
P0304 83H 24H
the fourth cylinder
P0305 84H 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 85H 24H
the sixth cylinder
P0307 86H 24H
the seventh cylinder
P0308 87H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 88H 24H
the multiple cylinders
P0301 89H 24H
the first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple cylinder misfires
P0302 8AH 24H
the second cylinder
P0303 8BH 24H
the third cylinder
P0304 8CH 24H
the fourth cylinder
P0305 8DH 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 8EH 24H
the sixth cylinder
P0307 8FH 24H
the seventh cylinder
P0308 90H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 91H 24H
the single cylinder
P0300 92H 24H
the single cylinder
P0300 93H 24H
the multiple cylinders

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0301 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
ing cycles
C
A2H No. 1 cylinder misfire
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0301 0CH 24H
cycles
D
A3H No. 2 cylinder misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving E
P0302 0CH 24H
cycles
P0303 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv- F
P0303 0CH 24H
cycles G
H
P0304 0CH 24H
cycles
MISFIRE
I
P0305 0CH 24H J
cycles
A7H No. 6 cylinder misfire ing cycles K
P0306 0CH 24H
cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving L
Misfire counts for last/current driving M
P0307 0CH 24H
cycles
ing cycles
N
A9H No. 8 cylinder misfire
P0308 0CH 24H
cycles
O

< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HR16DE]
WIRING DIAGRAM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000007091318
JCBWA2064GB

EC
JCBWA2065GB

JCBWA2066GB

EC
JCBWA2067GB

JCBWA2068GB

EC
JCBWA2069GB

JCBWA2070GB

EC
JCBWA2071GB

JCBWA2072GB

EC
JCBWA2073GB

JCBWA2074GB

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HR16DE]
BASIC INSPECTION A
Work Flow INFOID:0000000007091319
EC
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
JSBIA1228GB
DETAILED FLOW

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM

Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-89, "Diagnostic Work
Sheet".)
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.)
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-264, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and is any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the normal operation and fail safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-269, "Description" and EC-
64, "Fail Safe".
Diagnostic Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-269, "Description" and EC-
64, "Fail Safe".
Diagnostic Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-66, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform basic inspection. Perform EC-97, "Work Procedure".
Do you have CONSULT?

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9. A
7.PERFORM “SPEC” IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT EC
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL” and “A/F ALPHA-B1” are within the SP value in “SPEC”
of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. Refer to EC-108, "Component Function Check".
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
C
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE D
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-109, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11. E
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
F
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-264, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
G
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system. H
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-37, "Circuit Inspec- I
tion".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11. J
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check the voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT. Refer to EC-55, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART K
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment. L
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.
>> GO TO 12. M
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function N
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
O
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC in ECM. If the P
completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific “DRIVING PATTERN” in EC-104,
"SRT Set Driving Pattern".
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000007091320
DESCRIPTION

There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
WORKSHEET SAMPLE
MTBL0017

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
A
Description INFOID:0000000007091321
When replacing ECM, this procedure must be performed. EC

Work Procedure INFOID:0000000007091322
1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS C
Refer to SEC-26, "ECM : Work Procedure".
D
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-92, "Work Procedure". E
>> GO TO 3.
F
3.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-93, "Work Procedure".
G
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING H
Refer to EC-94, "Work Procedure".
>> END I

ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
>> END

THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
A
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle EC
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connec-
tor of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator inside is
cleaned.
C
1.START D
WITH CONSULT
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. E
3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT display.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
F
WITHOUT CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature is 25°C (77°F) or less before engine starts. G
2. Warm up the engine.
NOTE:
Raise engine coolant temperature until it reaches 65°C (149°F) or more. H
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
I
>> END

IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine idle speed
within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
1.PRECONDITIONING
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
- For vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, perform one of the following procedures before
starting engine not to illuminate headlamps.
• Apply parking brake
• Set lighting switch to the 1st position
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) position
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- A/T models
• With CONSULT: Drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “TRANSMISSION” sys-
tem indicates less than 0.9 V.
• Without CONSULT: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
- M/T models
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
With CONSULT
1. Perform ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-92, "Work Procedure".
2. Perform THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-93, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
1. Perform ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-92, "Work Procedure".
2. Perform THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EC-93, "Work Procedure".
5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.

- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal. A
7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON.
8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON.
EC
10. Wait 20 seconds.
E
SEC897C
>> GO TO 4. F
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING

Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifi- G
cations.
For specification, refer to EC-275, "Idle Speed" and EC-275, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I
Check the following
• Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
• Check PCV valve operation. J
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. K
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
L
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of
the incident.
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-108, "Description".
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and M
perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again:
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idle. N
>> INSPECTION END

O

MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc-
tions in “Diagnosis Procedure”.
1.START
With CONSULT
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102.
>> END

BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION
A
1.INSPECTION START EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following: C
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
D
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. G
I
SEF976U
J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT or GST.
Is any DTC detected? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
L
M
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. N
>> GO TO 3
O
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
P

BASIC INSPECTION
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-270, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-275, "Idle Speed".
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.
PBIA8513J

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform accelerator pedal released position learning. Refer to EC-92, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 5.
Perform throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-93, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform idle air volume learning. Refer to EC-94, "Work Procedure".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow the instruction of IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING. Then GO TO 4.
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-194, "DTC Logic".
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-191, "DTC Logic".
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-26, "ECM : Work Proce-
dure".
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.

BASIC INSPECTION
For specification, refer to EC-275, "Ignition Timing". A
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 11. EC
1. Stop engine.
C
2. Perform accelerator pedal released position learning. Refer to EC-92, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 12. D
Perform throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-93, "Work Procedure".
E
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING F
Perform idle air volume learning. Refer to EC-94, "Work Procedure".
Is idle air volume learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 14. G
NO >> Follow the instruction of IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING. Then GO TO 4.
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN H
For specification, refer to EC-275, "Idle Speed". I
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17. J
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN

1. Run engine at idle. K
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
For specification, refer to EC-275, "Ignition Timing".
L
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 16. M
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-45, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4.
O
Check the following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-194, "DTC Logic". P
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-191, "DTC Logic".
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION

BASIC INSPECTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-26,
"ECM : Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, perform EC-91, "Work Procedure".
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
A
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE EC

1.FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT C
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. D
Without CONSULT
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R. E
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
F
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
>> INSPECTION END G

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1.FUEL PRESSURE CHECK H
CAUTION:
• Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
• The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other
purposes. I
• Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains seal ability with O-rings inside.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C, J
etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in
manifold vacuum.
NOTE:
K
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because this models do not have fuel return system.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check (B) and fuel tube L
adapter [SST: KV10118400 or KV10120000] (D), then connect
fuel pressure gauge (A).
M
To quick connector
To fuel tube (engine side)
C : Hose clamp N
CAUTION:
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine
NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector). PBIB2982E O
• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use mod-
erately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it. P
• Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Remove fuel hose.
CAUTION:
Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
4. Connect fuel hose for fuel pressure check (1) to fuel tube
(engine side) with clamp (2) as shown in the figure.
5 : No.2 spool
CAUTION:
• Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth
moistened with gasoline.
• Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel
tube (3) and No.1 spool (4).
• Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches
the No.1 spool on fuel tube. PBIB2983E
• Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439

N4710 or 16439 40U00).
• When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
• Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
• Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in).
Tightening torque : 1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb)

• Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
5. Connect fuel tube adapter to quick connector (1).
A : Fuel pressure gauge

6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off.
7. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
8. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
9. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
CAUTION:
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operat- JSBIA0598ZZ
ing. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings.

• During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL HOSE AND FUEL TUBE
If result is unsatisfactory, check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-5, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace.

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
A
OUTLINE EC
In order to set all SRTs, the self-diagnoses as in the “SRT ITEM” table must have been performed at least
once. Each diagnosis may require actual driving for a long period of time under various conditions.
SRT ITEM C
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item* D
Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No.
(CONSULT indication)
CATALYST Three way catalyst function P0420
HO2S Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0130, P0133
E
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137

F
*: Though displayed on the CONSULT screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
G
SRT SERVICE PROCEDURE
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence, referring to the following flowchart.
H

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
JSBIA0399GB
SRT Set Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000007091334
CAUTION:

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
Always drive the vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
A
EC
JSBIA1318GB
NOTE: P
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
• Sea level
• Flat road
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagno-
sis may also be performed.
1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-67, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SRT STATUS
WITH CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
WITHOUT CONSULT
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-45, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
WITH GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT code(s) set?
YES >> END
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 4.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-44, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Sys-
tem Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
3. Check DTC.
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-67, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 7.
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-44, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION :
System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
• Perform the most efficient SRT set driving pattern to set the SRT properly. Refer to EC-104, "SRT Set Driv-
ing Pattern".
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.
>> GO TO 5.
5.PATTERN 1
1. Check the vehicle condition;
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F).
- Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
2. Start the engine.
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F)
NOTE:

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
ECM terminal voltage is follows;
• Engine coolant temperature A
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 - 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 1.4 V
• Fuel tank temperature: Less than 4.1 V
EC
Refer to EC-55, "Reference Value".
>> GO TO 6.
C
6.PATTERN 2
1. Drive the vehicle. And depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then
release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. D
2. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again
NOTE:
• Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised. E
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
F
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK SRT STATUS
WITH CONSULT G
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
WITHOUT CONSULT
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-45, "On Board Diagnosis Function". H
WITH GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT(s) set? I
YES >> END
NO >> Call TECH LINE or take appropriate action.
J

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” of
“DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value
in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one
or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000007091337
1.START
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- A/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
- M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
• Engine speed: Idle
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-97, "Work Procedure".
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT.
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
YES >> END
NO >> Proceed to EC-109, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000007091338
A
OVERALL SEQUENCE
EC
P
PBIB2318E

PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-108, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.

NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because it may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is A
out of the SP value even a little.
YES >> GO TO 17. EC
NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” C
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19.
E
3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
SP value. F
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6. G
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
1. Stop the engine. H
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within I
the SP value.
YES >> GO TO 5. J
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine. K
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving L
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
M
>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE N
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-101, "Work Procedure".)
O
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly (Refer to FL-5, "Exploded
View"), and then GO TO 8.
NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7. P
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
YES >> Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly (Refer to FL-5, "Exploded View"), and then GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace and then GO TO 8.


1. Start engine.
the SP value.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10.
1. Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-259, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)".)
2. Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-254, "Component Inspection".)
3. Intake air leakage
4. Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-14, "Inspection".)
YES >> Replace fuel injector (Refer to EM-35, "Removal and Installation"), and then GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 11.
1. Start engine.
the SP value.
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0130, refer to EC-141, "DTC Logic".
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Perform DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE according to corresponding DTC.
>> GO TO 14.
1. Start engine.
the SP value.
NO >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
3. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16. EC
1. Start engine.
C
the SP value.
D
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-264, "Symptom Table".
17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” E
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? F
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 18.
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25. G
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high H
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine I
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction J
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30. K
19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. L
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
M
• Improper specification of intake air system
YES >> GO TO 21. N
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that O
each indication is within the SP value.
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value: GO TO 21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
3. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and then reconnect it again.

>> GO TO 22.
1. Start engine.
the SP value.
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-131, "DTC
Logic". Then GO TO 29.
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor (Refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installa-
tion"), and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-274, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 29.
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
YES >> GO TO 27.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
SP value.
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor (Refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installa-
tion"), and then GO TO 30.
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket

• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc. A
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” EC
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that
each indication is within the SP value.
C
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-264, "Symptom Table". D
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is
within the SP value. E
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-264, "Symptom Table". F

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not fusing.
Location Fuse No. Capacity

#49 20 A
IPDM E/R
#51 10 A
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
10
F7
11 Ground Existed
E18 108
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-I
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
E18 105 108 Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-II
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

ECM A
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
EC
After turning ignition switch
E18 105 108 OFF, battery voltage will ex- Drop to 0 V
ist for a few seconds
C
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 7.
D
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN) CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. E
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
F
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal G
E18 105 E12 35 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground. H
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
7.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
J
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
(Approx.) K
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON 0V
F7 32 E18 108 Turn ignition switch OFF L

and wait at least 10 sec- Battery voltage
onds.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> Check Intermittent Incident. Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT N
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. O
+ − P
F7 32 F113 50 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.

YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-27, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch OFF 0V
E18 93 108
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+ −
E18 93 F113 47 Existed
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP)
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
E18 81 108 Battery voltage
YES >> Check Intermittent Incident. Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT
+ −

5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? A
EC

U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000007091341
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication
U1000
signal of OBD (emission related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. Harness or connectors
CAN communication line When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication (CAN communication line
U1001 signal other than OBD (emission related diagnosis) for 2 seconds is open or shorted)
or more.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-120, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-13, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".

P0011 IVT CONTROL
P0011 IVT CONTROL
A
DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P0075, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0075. Refer to
EC-128, "DTC Logic". C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Detecting condition Possible cause

• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) D
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
There is a gap between angle of
Intake valve timing control • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the
P0011 target and phase-control angle E
performance camshaft
degree.
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake valve
timing control
F
1.PRECONDITIONING G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at I
idle.
>> GO TO 2. J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
With CONSULT K
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
L
as possible.
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm

M
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
P or N position (A/T)
Shift lever
Neutral position (M/T)
N
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST O
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-122, "Diagnosis Procedure" P
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
With CONSULT
1. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.

P0011 IVT CONTROL
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)

Shift lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
With GST
YES >> Proceed to EC-122, "Diagnosis Procedure"
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP

1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-5, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 2.
PBIA8559J
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Check intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-123, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.Refer to EM-55, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-193, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-96, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-196, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-42, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)

P0011 IVT CONTROL
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end A
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft EC
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-55, "Removal
and Installation".
C
JSBIA0599ZZ
6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION D
Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned? E
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-45, "Exploded View".
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT F
Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove”. Refer to EM-64, "Inspection".
G
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000007091345 H
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows.
J
Terminals Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω
∞Ω K
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-55, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II M
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-55, "Exploded View".
2. Apply 12 V between intake valve timing control solenoid valve
terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the N
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve O
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control P
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA2108ZZ


P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out • Harness or connectors
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater
P0031
1 heater control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the circuit is open or shorted.)
A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out • Harness or connectors
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater
P0032 1 heater control circuit
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the circuit is shorted.)
high
A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
NG >> INSPECTION END
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY

1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F67 4 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM A

Continuity
F67 3 F7 3 Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
D
Check A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-125, "Component Inspection".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident". E
NO >> Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000007091351
F
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. G
3. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows.
Terminal Resistance H
3 and 4 1.80 - 2.44 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 and 1, 2 ∞Ω
I
4 and 1, 2
YES >> INSPECTION END J
NO >> Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".

P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 • Harness or connectors
HO2 HTR (B1)
heater circuit is out of the normal range. (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0037 (Heated oxygen sensor 2
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
heater control circuit low)
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 • Harness or connectors
HO2 HTR (B1)
heater circuit is out of the normal range. (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0038 (Heated oxygen sensor 2
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is shorted.)
heater control circuit high)
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
With GST
1.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.
HO2S2
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E44 2 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A

EC
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity C
E44 3 F7 5 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater. Refer to EC-127, "Component Inspection". F
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". G
1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER H

3. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as per the following. I

J
+ − Resistance
Terminal
2 3 3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] K
2
1 3
L
4 ∞Ω
1 (Continuity should not exist)
4 2 M
3
YES >> INSPECTION END N
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".

P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
• Harness or connectors
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
Intake valve timing control (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0075 through intake valve timing control solenoid
solenoid valve circuit circuit is open or shorted.)
valve.
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
IVT control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between IVT control solenoid valve harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.
+ +
IVT control solenoid valve IPDM E/R Continuity

3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN EC
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
D
IVT control solenoid valve ECM
Continuity
E
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE G
Check intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-129, "Component Inspection".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000007150023 I
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

J
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows.
K
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω
L
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II N
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-55, "Exploded View".
2. Apply 12 V between intake valve timing control solenoid valve
terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the O
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V continuously for 5 seconds or more.
P
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA2108ZZ


P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
A
• Harness or connectors C
Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102
low input sent to ECM. • Intake air leakage
• Mass air flow sensor
D
Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0103 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
high input sent to ECM.
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure F
2. Turn ignition switch ON. G
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2. H
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
I
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
J
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-I K
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? L
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-II M
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.

2. Check DTC.
N
Is DTC detected?
O
1.INSPECTION START P
Confirm the detected DTC.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.

Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
F4 4 F16 52 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
F4 3 F16 45 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-132, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I

With CONSULT

2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. A
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.
EC
Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.6 V C
MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.7 - 1.3 V
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.3 V to Approx. 4.3 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
D
Without CONSULT
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. E
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
F
ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage
Connector G
+ −
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.6 V
45
F16 (MAF sensor 52 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.7 - 1.3 V H
signal)
Is the inspection result normal? I
NO >> GO TO 2.
J
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. K
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Improper specification of intake air system parts L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. M
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II
With CONSULT N
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication. O

P
Without CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

ECM
Connector
+ −
45
F16 (MAF sensor 52 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.7 - 1.3 V
signal)
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III
With CONSULT
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication.

Without CONSULT
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
ECM
Connector
+ −
45
F16 (MAF sensor 52 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.7 - 1.3 V
signal)
NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".

P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
A
Intake air temperature sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor C
P0112 • Harness or connectors
circuit low input is sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Intake air temperature sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Intake air temperature sensor
P0113
circuit high input is sent to ECM. D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
G
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. H
YES >> Proceed to EC-135, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
J
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector. K
3. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.
L
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F4 2 Ground Approx. 5 V M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
MAF sensor ECM
Continuity
F4 1 F16 52 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-136, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-24, "Removal and
Installation".
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as follows.
Terminals Condition Resistance

1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 kΩ
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-24, "Removal and
Installation".

P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
A
Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor C
sensor circuit low input is sent to ECM.
Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118
sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM. D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
G
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. H
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-137, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
J
1.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector. K
3. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground.
L
ECT sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F28 1 Ground Approx. 5 V M
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
ECT sensor ECM
Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-23, "Exploded View".

2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-23, "Exploded View"
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Terminals Condition Resistance

20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63 kΩ
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 kΩ
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA0080ZZ
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to
CO-23, "Exploded View".

P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
A

NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-216, "DTC Logic". C
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors D
P0122
2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
P0123 (TP sensor 2)
2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. E
1.PRECONDITIONING F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. H
>> GO TO 2.
I
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
NO >> INSPECTION END K
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY L
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.

M
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
Electric throttle control actuator

Ground Voltage N
Connector Terminal
F85 2 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P

3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-140, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View".

2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
5. Set selector lever to D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position.
ECM
Connector
+ −
33 Fully released More than 0.36 V

(TP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F16 36 Accelerator pedal
34 Fully released Less than 4.75 V
(TP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36 V

P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
A

To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
The A/F signal computed by ECM from • Harness or connectors
P0130 the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit D
approx. 2.2 V. • A/F sensor 1

1.PRECONDITIONING E
F
TESTING CONDITION: G
YES >> GO TO 2. H
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
I
2. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. J
Does the indication fluctuate around 2.2 V?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to EC-142, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION -I

1. Select “ENGINE” using CONSULT. L
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
3. Touch “START”.
4. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen.
M

VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph) N
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec
D position (A/T models)
Selector lever
4th position (M/T models) O
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. P
Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 2.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION -II
Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE:

P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
Which does “TESTING” change to?
COMPLETED>>GO TO 5.
OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION -III
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Proceed to EC-142, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-142, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

With GST
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Shift the selector lever to D position (A/T) or 5th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully
until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
8. Restart engine.
9. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
10. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.

1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.

P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

EC
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
C
A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
F67 4 F115 75 Existed D
E
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. G
A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
1 49
F67 F16 Existed
2 53
I
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground or ECM harness connector
and ground.
J
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1 K
F67 Ground Not existed
2
L
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49 M
53
5. Also check harness for short to power.
YES >> GO TO 4.
O
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".

P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately low.
circuit low voltage
approx. 0 V. • A/F sensor 1

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
4. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V?
NO >> GO TO 3.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.

VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph)
Selector lever Suitable position
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step
1.

P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
A
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
A/F sensor 1 C
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
D
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. F
+ − G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity L
1 49
F67 F16 Existed
2 53 M
and ground.
N
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
O
1
2
P
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49
53

P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".

P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
A

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately high.
C
circuit high voltage D
approx. 5 V. • A/F sensor 1

1.PRECONDITIONING E
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2. H
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
I
4. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
Is the indication constantly approx. 5 V? J
NO >> GO TO 3.
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. L
CAUTION:
M
N
Selector lever Suitable position
NOTE: O
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step
1. P

P0132 A/F SENSOR 1

A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
+ −
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
1 49
F67 F16 Existed
2 53
and ground.
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
2
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49
53

P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
YES >> GO TO 4. A
EC
YES >> Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View". C

P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction of A/F sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed
by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel
feedback control constant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the com-
pensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
(The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1
• A/F sensor 1 heater
The response of the A/F signal computed
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Fuel pressure
P0133 by ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes
circuit slow response • Fuel injector
more than the specified time.
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no
load.
6. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
7. Touch “START”.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> GO TO 4.
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
1. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen.
- Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds.

P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
- Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-108, "Component Function Check". A
2. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT
screen.
3. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
EC
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-108, "Component Function Check".
4. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
C
5.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE D
With GST
2. Select Service $01 with GST. E
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
Is the total percentage within ±15%?
YES >> GO TO 7. F
NO >> GO TO 6.
Check the following. G
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure H
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve I
J
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
2. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no
load.
3. Let engine idle for 1 minute. L
4. Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds.
5. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
N
1.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1 O

Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".
>> GO TO 2. P
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.

P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.
PBIB1216E
Is exhaust gas leak detected?

YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-96, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-171, "DTC Logic" or EC-175,
"DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 5.
A/F sensor 1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+ -

P0133 A/F SENSOR 1
7.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
EC
A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
1 49
F67 F16 Existed
2 53
D
and ground.
E
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1 F
2
ECM G
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49 H
53
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER J
Check air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-125, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR L
Check both mass air flow sensor.
Refer to EC-132, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installation".
N
10.CHECK PCV VALVE
Check PCV valve. Refer to EC-273, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-42, "Exploded View".
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P

YES >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".

P0137 HO2S2
P0137 HO2S2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is suf-
ficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
JSBIA0243GB
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor does not • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0137
circuit low voltage reach the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT.
NOTE:

P0137 HO2S2
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. A
NG >> Proceed to EC-156, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.
D
>> GO TO 3.
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-155, "Component Function Check". E
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. F
NO >> Proceed to EC-156, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I H
Without CONSULT
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. J
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
ECM K
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
L
50 The voltage should be above 0.78 V
F16 59 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times
(HO2S2) at least once during this procedure.
M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II N
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following condition.
ECM O
Connector
Terminal Terminal
P
F16 59 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
P0137 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (A/T), 4th The voltage should be above 0.78 V
F16 59
(HO2S2) gear position (M/T) at least once during this procedure.

Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-171, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector ground or ECM harness connector and ground.
HO2S2
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E44 4 Ground Not existed
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F16 50 Ground Not existed

P0137 HO2S2
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-157, "Component Inspection".
EC
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
C
1.INSPECTION START D
E
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 F
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode. G
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute. H
7. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT.
8. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. I
JSBIA1202GB L
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.78 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
M
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I N
Without CONSULT
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
P

P0137 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.78 V at
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
F16 59
(HO2S2) least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.50 V at
least once during this procedure.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 least once during this procedure.
(HO2S2) The voltage should be below 0.50 V at
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- least once during this procedure.
F16 59
(HO2S2) sition (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T) The voltage should be below 0.50 V at

P0138 HO2S2
P0138 HO2S2
A

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time.
MALFUNCTION A C
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving condi-
tions such as fuel cut.
D
F
PBIB1848E
MALFUNCTION B G
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during var-
ious driving conditions such as fuel cut.
H
J
JPBIA5247GB
K
An excessively high voltage from the sensor
A) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) L
is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Harness or connectors
P0138
circuit high voltage (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
B)
The minimum voltage from the sensor is not
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
M
reached to the specified voltage.
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
N
1.PRECONDITIONING OF DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure O
2. Turn ignition switch ON. P
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A

P0138 HO2S2
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
NOTE:
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT.
NOTE:
10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AGAIN
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
NOTE:
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

Without CONSULT

P0138 HO2S2
ECM A
Condition Voltage
+ –
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
50 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at The voltage should be below 0.50 V at
F16 59
(HO2S2 signal) least 10 times least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal? C
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II D
E
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal F
50 The voltage should be below 0.50 V at
(HO2S2 signal) least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal? G
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III H
I
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal J
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position The voltage should be below 0.50 V at
F16 59
(HO2S2 signal) (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T) least once during this procedure.
L
1.INSPECTION START M
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-159, "DTC Logic".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2. N
B >> GO TO 6.
O
P
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity

P0138 HO2S2
YES >> GO TO 3.
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground or ECM harness connector and
ground.
HO2S2
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.

YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-175, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 7.

P0138 HO2S2
HO2S2 ECM A
Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 8. C
D
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity E
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. F
HO2S2
Ground Continuity G
Connector Terminal
H
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
I

Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 K
L
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000007150078 M
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. O
With CONSULT P
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CONSULT.

P0138 HO2S2
8. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
JSBIA1202GB
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.78 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
F16 59
NO >> GO TO 4.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
NO >> GO TO 5.

P0138 HO2S2
ECM A
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
F16 59
least once during this procedure. C
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". D

P0139 HO2S2
P0139 HO2S2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi-
tion such as fuel cut.
SEF302U
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0139
circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. • Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
7. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.

P0139 HO2S2
11. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE: A
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5. EC
NO >> GO TO 4.
C
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
D
>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT E
Perform ECM self-diagnosis.
Is DTC “P0139” detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK G
NOTE:
H
I
J
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. K
load. L
M
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal N
F16 59 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II P

P0139 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (A/T), 4th The voltage should be above 0.78 V
F16 59
(HO2S2) gear position (M/T) at least once during this procedure.

Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-171, "DTC Logic" or EC-175,
"DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
HO2S2 ECM
Continuity
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

P0139 HO2S2
HO2S2 A
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal C
D
YES >> GO TO 4.
E
NO >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
G
1.INSPECTION START H
YES >> GO TO 2. I
NO >> GO TO 3.
J
With CONSULT
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. K
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute. L
CONSULT.
8. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
M
JSBIA1202GB
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.78 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. P
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I

P0139 HO2S2
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
F16 59
NO >> GO TO 4.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
NO >> GO TO 5.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
F16 59

P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the A/F sensor 1. The ECM calcu-
lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
E
• Intake air leaks F
• A/F sensor 1
• Fuel injector
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
Fuel injection system too • Exhaust gas leaks
P0171 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
lean
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
• Incorrect fuel pressure G
• Lack of fuel
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
H
1.PRECONDITIONING
I
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
>> GO TO 2. K
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-96, "Work Procedure". L
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. N
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. O
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
YES >> Proceed to EC-172, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 minutes.

NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)

CAUTION:

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
Intake air leak detected?
NO >> GO TO 3.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
1 49
F67 F16 Existed
2 53
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1 A
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F67 Ground Not existed EC
2
ECM C
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49
F16 Ground Not existed D
53
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE F
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-101, "Work Procedure".
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-101, "Work Procedure".
G
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK FUEL HOSES AND FUEL TUBES I
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
J
NO >> Repair or replace
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR K
With CONSULT
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIRFLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. L
3. For specification, refer to EC-275, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
M
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
Is the measurement value within the specification?
N
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-131, "DTC Logic".
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR O
With CONSULT
1. Start engine. P
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.

2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.

YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR. Refer
to EC-253, "Component Function Check".
PBIB3332E
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
5. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
7. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.

YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent
Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones. Refer to EM-
35, "Exploded View".
PBIA9666J

A

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the A/F sensor 1. The ECM calcu-
lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
E
• A/F sensor 1 F
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Fuel injector
P0172 Fuel injection system too rich • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Exhaust gas leaks
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) • Incorrect fuel pressure
• Mass air flow sensor G
1.PRECONDITIONING H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
J
>> GO TO 2.
K
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE M
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE: N
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine.
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
O
NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II P
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 minutes.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)

CAUTION:

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E

NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Intake air leak detected?
NO >> GO TO 3.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
1 49
F67 F16 Existed
2 53
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
2

ECM A
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49
F16 Ground Not existed EC
53
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE D

E

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK FUEL HOSES AND FUEL TUBES G
H
NO >> Repair or replace
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR I
With CONSULT
2. Check “MASS AIRFLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. J
With GST
1. Install all removed parts. K
L
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-131, "DTC Logic".
M
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
With CONSULT
1. Start engine. N
O
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
P


YES >> GO TO 8.
PBIB3332E

2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
7. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.

Incident".
NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones. Refer to EM-
PBIA9666J

P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
A

DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
EOT SEN/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the engine
P0197 (Engine oil temperature
oil temperature sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
sensor circuit low input)
(EOT sensor circuit is open or shorted.) D
EOT SEN/CIRC • Engine oil temperature sensor
An excessively high voltage from the engine
P0198 (Engine oil temperature
oil temperature sensor is sent to ECM.
sensor circuit high input)
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure F
>> GO TO 2. H
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. I
YES >> Proceed to EC-179, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
K
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector. L
4. Check the voltage between EOT sensor harness connector and ground.
M
EOT sensor Voltage
Ground
Connector Terminal (Approx.)
F48 1 Ground 5V
N

YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EOT sensor ECM

Continuity

3.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EOT sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-180, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-96, "Exploded View".
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

2. Disconnect engine oil temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-96, "Exploded View".
4. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor termi-
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Engine oil temperature sensor

Resistance
+ − Condition
(kΩ)
Terminal
20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63
Temperature
1 2 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
[°C (°F)]
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 JMBIA0080ZZ

NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-96, "Exploded View".

A

NOTE:
Refer to EC-216, "DTC Logic". C
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors D
P0222
1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
P0223 (TP sensor 1)
1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM. E
1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2. H
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
J
K
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY
2. Turn ignition switch ON. L
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
Electric throttle control actuator M

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
O
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. P
nector.

Continuity

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.

ECM
Connector
+ −


P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
A

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
C
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. D
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to
overheating, the MIL will blink. E
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
F
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) G
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. H
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire detected Multiple cylinder misfire. • Improper spark plug
• Insufficient compression
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire detected No. 1 cylinder misfires.
• Incorrect fuel pressure J
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfires. • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires. • Fuel injector*
• Intake air leak
• The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted K
• Lack of fuel
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire detected No. 4 cylinder misfires. • Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1
• Incorrect PCV hose connection L
*: DTC is detected even where a malfunction occurs one side of the dual injector.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
1.PRECONDITIONING
N
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I P

3. Restart engine and let it idle for about 35 minutes.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
NO >> GO TO 3.
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Engine speed Time

Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 20 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 7 minutes

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace it.
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 4.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
4.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR A

1. Start engine and let engine idle.
EC
YES >> GO TO 5. C
D
PBIB3332E
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I E

CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce- G
dure.
3. Start engine.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. I
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure. J
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion. K
Spark should be generated.

CAUTION: L
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50 cm (19.7 in). Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB
shock while checking, because the electrical discharge

M
voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal- N
functioning.
YES >> GO TO 9. O
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
P
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion.


P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-257, "Component Function
Check".
7.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-119, "Spark Plug".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 8.
SEF156I
8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
the grounded portion.

NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-119, "Spark
Plug".
9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-14, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
10.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE

YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
12.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Check the following items.
For specification, refer to EC-275, "Ignition Timing".
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Follow the EC-97, "Work Procedure".

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
EC
A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity C
1 49
F67 F16 Existed
2 53 D
E
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1 F
2
ECM G
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
49 H
53
YES >> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER J
Check A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-125, "Component Inspection".

YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".
15.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR L
With CONSULT
1. Check “MASS AIRFLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. For specification, refer to EC-275, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". M
With GST
2. For specification, refer to EC-275, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". N
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or O
ground. Refer to EC-131, "DTC Logic".
16.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE
P
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-264, "Symptom Table".
YES >> GO TO 17.
17.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests.
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

P0327, P0328 KS
P0327, P0328 KS
A
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detected condition Possible cause
Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is C
input sent to ECM.
Knock sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Knock sensor
P0328
high input sent to ECM. D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. G
>> GO TO 2. H
2. Check 1st trip DTC. I
NO >> INSPECTION END J
K
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. L
3. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Knock sensor ECM

Continuity M
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. P
Knock sensor ECM

Continuity

P0327, P0328 KS
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Check knock sensor. Refer to EC-190, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-96, "Exploded View".
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as follows.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.

1 and 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-96, "Exploded View".

P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
A
C
• The crankshaft position sensor
(POS) signal is not detected by the
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is open
ECM during the first few seconds of
or shorted.]
engine cranking. D
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
• The proper pulse signal from the
Crankshaft position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is
P0335 crankshaft position sensor (POS) is
(POS) circuit shorted.)
not sent to ECM while the engine is
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
running.
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
E
• The crankshaft position sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(POS) signal is not in the normal
• Signal plate
pattern during engine running.
F
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni- I
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 2. J
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. K
L
M
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector. N
3. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground.
O
CKP sensor (POS)
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F20 1 Ground Approx. 5 V P
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
CKP sensor (POS) ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F16 75 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1
101 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3
E18
102 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 E110 5
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-262, "Component Function Check").
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (Refer to EC-239, "Component Inspection").
NO >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HA-36, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR :
Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Continuity

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A
7.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-193, "Component Inspection".
EC
YES >> GO TO 8.
C
8.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
Is the inspection result normal? D
NO >> Replace the signal plate. Refer to EM-96, "Exploded View".
E
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I F

2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector. G
4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-96, "Exploded View".
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-
I
JSBIA1339ZZ
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II K

Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as follows.
Terminals (Polarity) Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] L

1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω
M
2 (+) - 3 (-)

P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
EC-216, "DTC Logic".
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent • Harness or connectors
to ECM for the first few seconds (Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is open or
during engine cranking. shorted)
Camshaft position sensor • The cylinder No. signal is not sent • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0340
(PHASE) circuit to ECM during engine running. • Intake camshaft
• The cylinder No. signal is not in • Starter motor
the normal pattern during engine • Starting system circuit
running. • Dead (Weak) battery

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
NO >> GO TO 3.
1. Keep engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check starting system.
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector.

3. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground. A
CMP sensor (PHASE)

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal EC
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector. E
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
I
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM
Continuity
J
YES >> GO TO 5.
L
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-196, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT) N
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end O
Incident". P
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-55,
"Exploded View".
JSBIA0599ZZ

1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I

2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-42, "Exploded View".
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to
EM-42, "Exploded View".
JSBIA1340ZZ
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II

Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as follows.
Terminals (Polarity) Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 (+) - 3 (-)

P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
A

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity C
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated D
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way
catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.
E
SEF484YB
F
• Three way catalyst (manifold)
• Exhaust tube G
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate
Catalyst system efficiency properly.
P0420 • Fuel injector
below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
• Fuel injector leaks
enough oxygen storage capacity. H
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1.INSPECTION START
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
K
2.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. L
TESTING CONDITION: M
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
>> GO TO 3. N

With CONSULT O
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. P
5. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
8. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely.

10. Check the indication of “CATALYST”.
CMPLT >> GO TO 6.
INCMP >> GO TO 4.
1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
2. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It
will take approximately 5 minutes).
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F).
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.
>> GO TO 3.
Check 1st trip DTC.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this

Without CONSULT
load.
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
50 Keeping engine speed at 2500 rpm The voltage fluctuation cycle takes more than 5 seconds.
F16 59
(HO2S2) constant under no load • 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0

A
1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM
Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
EC
YES >> GO TO 2.
C
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold). D
PBIB1216E G
NO >> GO TO 3. H
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
I
NO >> GO TO 4.
J
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND IDLE SPEED
Check the following items. Refer to EC-97, "Work Procedure".
For specification, refer to EC-275, "Ignition Timing" K
YES >> GO TO 5. L
NO >> Follow the EC-97, "Work Procedure".
M
1. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
N
Cylin-
ECM
der
Voltage
Terminal
No. Connector O
+ −
1 31
2 30 P
F7 108 Battery voltage
3 29
4 25
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform EC-253, "Diagnosis Procedure".

6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I

CAUTION:
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce-
dure.
3. Start engine.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion.

CAUTION:

NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal-
functioning.
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
the grounded metal portion.

YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-257, "Diagnosis Procedure".
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG

Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. Refer to EM-22, "Inspec-
tion". A
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-119, "Spark Plug". EC
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 9
SEF156I
9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III D
1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.

E
the grounded portion.

F
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-119, "Spark
G
Plug".
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Remove fuel injector assembly.
Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. I
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
J
Does fuel drip from fuel injector?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".
K
Is the trouble fixed? L
NO >> Replace three way catalyst assembly (Exhaust front tube). Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
M

P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
EVAP canister purge volume • Harness or connectors
An excessively low voltage signal
P0444 control solenoid valve circuit (The solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
is sent to ECM through the valve
open • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

1.CONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
EVAP canister purge volume

control solenoid valve Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
IPDM E/R harness connector.

+ − A
EVAP canister purge volume
IPDM E/R Continuity
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
F32 1 E12 35 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground. C
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5. D
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and F
ECM harness connector.
EVAP canister purge volume G

ECM
control solenoid valve Continuity
F32 2 F7 9 Existed H
I
J
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. K
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. Check that engine speed varies
according to the valve opening.
L
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
NO >> GO TO 5.
M
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-203, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View".
O
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE P

With CONSULT
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.

6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following
conditions.
Condition Air passage continuity

(PURG VOL C/V value) between (A) and (B)
100% Existed
0% Not existed
Without CONSULT JSBIA0653ZZ

2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Air passage continuity

Condition
between (A) and (B)
12 V direct current supply between
Existed
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed
YES >> INSPECTION END JSBIA0653ZZ
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid

valve. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View".

P0500 VSS
P0500 VSS
A
A/T models EC
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the TCM by CAN communication line. The
combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communication line.
M/T models C
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the vehicle speed sensor. The combination
meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communication line.
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

E
NOTE:
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-215, "DTC Logic". F
G
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted)
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) of vehicle • Harness or connectors
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor speed signal is sent to ECM even (The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted) H
when vehicle is being driven. • Combination meter
• TCM
• Vehicle speed sensor
I
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT? J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. K
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure L
M
>> GO TO 3. N
3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR FUNCTION
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a O
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
With CONSULT
1. Start engine. P
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. The vehicle speed on CONSULT
should exceed 10 km/h (6 mph) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
YES >> GO TO 4.
P0500 VSS
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
CAUTION:
1,900 - 6,000 rpm (A/T)

ENG SPEED
2,500 - 6,000 rpm (M/T)
5.3 - 31.8 msec (A/T)
B/FUEL SCHDL
3.5 - 31.8 msec (M/T)
Shift lever Except P or N position (A/T)
Except Neutral position (M/T)
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
Use component function check to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this

With GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-109, "DTC Index".
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-26, "DTC Index".
>> INSPECTION END

P0520 EOP SENSOR
P0520 EOP SENSOR
A

NOTE:
If DTC P0520 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-
216, "DTC Logic". C
Trouble diagnosis
D
ECM detects the following status continuous-
ly for 5 seconds or more:
• A voltage signal transmitted from the en- • Harness or connectors
EOP SENSOR/SWITCH gine oil pressure sensor is lower than 0.26 (EOP sensor circuit is open or short- E
P0520
(EOP sensor circuit) V. ed)
• A voltage signal transmitted from the en- • EOP sensor
gine oil pressure sensor is higher than 4.9
V. F
1.PRECONDITIONING G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL
J
2. Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-5, "Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
K
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check engine oil leak. Refer to LU-5, "Inspection".
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
N
1.CHECK EOP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1

O
2. Disconnect EOP sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EOP sensor harness connector terminals. P
EOP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F86 1 3 5V

P0520 EOP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK EOP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between EOP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EOP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EOP SENSOR
Check EOP sensor. Refer to EC-209, "Component Inspection".
4.CHECK EOP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2
Check the voltage between EOP sensor harness connector terminal and ground.
+
Voltage
EOP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F86 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check ECM power supply circuit. Refer to EC-116, "Diagnosis Procedure".
5.CHECK EOP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between EOP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EOP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.

P0520 EOP SENSOR
ECM A
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
10
F7 EC
11 Ground Existed
E18 108
D
1.CHECK EOP SENSOR E

3. Check the resistance between EOP sensor connector terminals.
F
+ −
EOP sensor Resistance (kΩ) G
Terminal
2 4 – 10
1 H
3 2–8
1 4 – 10
2
3 1–3
I
1 2–8
3
2 1–3
Is the inspection result normal? J
NO >> Replace EOP sensor. Refer to EM-96, "Exploded View".
K

P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0524 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-
216, "DTC Logic".
Trouble diagnosis
• Decrease in engine oil pressure
An EOP sensor signal voltage applied to
• Decrease in engine oil level
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE ECM remains lower than the specified value
P0524 • Engine oil condition
(Engine oil pressure too low) continuously for 10 seconds or more when
• EOP sensor
the engine speed is 1,000 rpm or more.
• Engine body

CAUTION:
If “EC-211, "Diagnosis Procedure"” is unfinished, be sure to perform Step 3 and 4.
1.PRECONDITIONING-1
TEST CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-2
Is “Diagnosis Procedure” of DTC P0524 finished?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
P or N position (A/T)
Selector lever
Engine coolant temperature 70°C (158°F) or more
Engine speed 1,000 rpm or more
NOTE:
With engine speed set around 4,000 rpm, the phenomenon can be reproduced more easily.
Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-5, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE A
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Start the engine and check that “EOP SENSOR” changes, according to engine speeds.
C
Value
Monitor item Condition
(Approx.)
• Engine oil temperature: 80°C (176°F) Engine speed:
1,145 mV or more D
• Selector lever: P or N position (A/T), Idle
EOP SENSOR Neutral position (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Engine speed:
2,606 mV or more
• No load 2,000 rpm
E
Without CONSULT
YES >> GO TO 3.
G

H
2. Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-5, "Inspection".
I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE J
With CONSULT
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. K
3. Start the engine and check that “EOP SENSOR” changes, according to engine speeds.
Value L
Monitor item Condition
(Approx.)
• Engine oil temperature: 80°C (176°F) Engine speed:
1,145 mV or more
• Selector lever: P or N position (A/T), Idle M
EOP SENSOR Neutral position (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Engine speed:
2,606 mV or more
• No load 2,000 rpm
N
Without CONSULT
O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check oil pressure. Refer to LU-5, "Inspection".
3.CHECK EOP SENSOR P
Check EOP sensor. Refer to EC-212, "Component Inspection".
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE
Check engine oil leakage. Refer to LU-5, "Inspection".

YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CAUSE OF ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
Check the following item.
Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference

1 PCV valve EC-273, "Inspection"
• No blocking
2 Exhaust front tube Visual —
• No abnormal sounds
• No blocking
3 Oil pump Visual —
• No abnormal sounds
• Piston • Piston to piston pin oil clearance
4 • Piston pin • Piston ring side clearance EM-104, "Inspection"
• Piston ring • Piston ring end gap
• Cylinder block top surface distortion
5 Cylinder block EM-104, "Inspection"
• Piston to cylinder bore clearance
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

1.CHECK EOP SENSOR

3. Check the resistance between EOP sensor connector terminals.
+ −
EOP sensor Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
2 4 – 10
1
3 2–8
1 4 – 10
2
3 1–3
1 2–8
3
2 1–3
NO >> Replace EOP sensor. Refer to EM-96, "Exploded View".

P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
A
ECM has the memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio EC
feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Volume Learning
value memory, etc. even when the ignition switch is turned OFF.
C
PBIA9222J E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC F
G
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT ECM back-up RAM system
P0603 [ECM power supply (back up) circuit is open or shorted.]
(ECM power supply circuit) does not function properly.
• ECM
H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure I
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
>> GO TO 2. K
1. Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds. L
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes
3. Turn ignition switch ON, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Repeat step 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. M
NO >> INSPECTION END N
O
1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. P
See EC-213, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-274, "Removal and Installation".

P0605 ECM
P0605 ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605 Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. ECM
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-214, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?

P0607 ECM
P0607 ECM
A

(Trouble diagnosis content) C
ECM When detecting error during the initial diagnosis
P0607 ECM
(CAN communication bus) of CAN controller of ECM.
D
1. Turn ignition switch ON. E
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-215, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
G
1.INSPECTION START
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-215, "DTC Logic".
4. Check DTC.
I
Is the DTC P0607 displayed again?
J

P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
(Accelerator pedal position 1 circuit is shorted.)
(Throttle position sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is short-
Sensor power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source ed.]
P0643
circuit short for sensor is excessively low or high. (Engine oil pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Throttle position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Engine oil pressure sensor

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

ECM Voltage
Ground
72
F16 74
Ground 5V
78
E18 106
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
A
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Item Connector Terminal
EC
72 Throttle position sensor 1 F85 2
F16 74 Engine oil pressure sensor F86 1
78 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) F26 1 C
E18 106 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 E110 4
D
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS E
• Throttle position sensor 1 (Refer to EC-140, "Component Inspection".)
• Engine oil pressure sensor (Refer to EC-209, "Component Inspection".)
F
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (Refer to EC-196, "Component Inspection".)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 (Refer to EC-239, "Component Inspection".)
G
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
H

P0850 PNP SWITCH
P0850 PNP SWITCH
When the selector lever position is P or N (A/T), Neutral position (M/T), park/neutral position (PNP) signal is
ON.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
[The park/neutral position (PNP) signal
The park/neutral position (PNP) signal is not
Park/neutral position circuit is open or shorted.]
P0850 changed in the process of engine starting and
signal • Transmission range switch (A/T models)
driving.
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T
models)

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. Then check “P/N POSI SW” signal
under the following conditions.
Shift lever position Known-good signal

N or P position (A/T)
ON
Except above position OFF
YES >> GO TO 4.
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
CAUTION:

P0850 PNP SWITCH
1,500 - 6,375 rpm (A/T) A

ENG SPEED
1,750 - 6,375 rpm (M/T)
EC
B/FUEL SCHDL 4.0 (A/T) or 2.5 (M/T) - 31.8 msec
Shift lever Suitable position C
D
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK E
NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this F
YES >> INSPECTION END G
H
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. I
ECM
J
Connector
+ −
P or N (A/T) K
69 Shift Battery voltage
F16 108 Neutral (M/T)
(PNP signal) lever
Except above Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal? L
M
1.INSPECTION START N
Check which type of transmission the vehicle is equipped with.
Which type of transmission?
A/T >> GO TO 2. O
M/T >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect transmission range switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.

P0850 PNP SWITCH
+
Transmission range switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.
+ −
Transmission range switch IPDM E/R Continuity
F21 7 E14 57 Existed
4.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Transmission range switch ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Check the transmission range switch. Refer to TM-143, "Component Inspection (Transmission Range
Switch)".
NO >> Replace transmission range switch. Refer to TM-248, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between PNP switch harness connector and ground.

P0850 PNP SWITCH
+ A
PNP switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
YES >> GO TO 7. C
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
7.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
D
3. Check the continuity between PNP switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
+ −
PNP switch ECM Continuity
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. G
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H
8.CHECK PNP SWITCH
Check the PNP switch. Refer to TM-15, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH : Component Inspec- I
tion".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident". J
NO >> Replace PNP switch. Refer to TM-19, "Removal and Installation".

P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
to EC-215, "DTC Logic".
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
(Overheat). • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relays -1, -2 and -3)
• Cooling fan system does not operate • Cooling fan motor
Engine over temperature properly (Overheat). • Radiator hose
P1217
(Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the • Radiator
system using the proper filling method. • Radiator cap
• Engine coolant is not within the specified • Reservoir tank
range. • Water pump
• Thermostat
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-10, "Refilling". Also,
replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-6, "Refilling".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-11, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed.

WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
YES >> Proceed to EC-223, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
NO >> GO TO 2
SEF621W
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II D
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.

Did customer fill the coolant? E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III F
With CONSULT
G
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT and touch “LOW” on the CONSULT
screen.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
Without CONSULT H
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed. I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-223, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-IV
With CONSULT K
1. Touch “HI” on the CONSULT screen.
2. Make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed.
Without CONSULT L
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. M
5. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low speed.
O
1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

With CONSULT P
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Make sure that cooling fan motor operate at each speed (LOW/HI).
Without CONSULT
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PCS-8, "Diagnosis
Description".
2. Make sure that cooling fan motor operate at each speed (Low/High).

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-I
Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-9, "Inspection".
Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-II
Check the following for leak.
• Hose (Refer to CO-23, "Inspection".)
• Radiator (Refer to CO-16, "Inspection".)
• Water pump (Refer to CO-20, "Inspection".)
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-12, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace radiator cap. Refer to CO-14, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-22, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-21, "Removal and Installation".
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-138, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-23, "Exploded View".
7.OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
If the cause cannot be isolated, check CO-7, "Troubleshooting Chart".
>> INSPECTION END

P1225 TP SENSOR
P1225 TP SENSOR
A
C
Closed throttle position learning Closed throttle position learning value is excessively Electric throttle control actuator
P1225
performance low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

1.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. E
TESTING CONDITION:
G
>> GO TO 2.
H
4. Check 1st trip DTC. I
NO >> INSPECTION END J
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY K

2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View". L
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing.
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View". M
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside, and then perform
throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-93, "Work Procedure".

P1226 TP SENSOR
P1226 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Closed throttle position learning Closed throttle position learning is not performed Electric throttle control actuator
P1226
performance successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View".

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
A
C
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM • Harness or connectors
P1805 Brake switch for extremely long time while the vehicle is (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
driving. • Stop lamp switch
D
1. Turn ignition switch ON. E
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase DTC.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. F
NO >> INSPECTION END G
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT H

2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
I
Brake pedal Stop lamp

Fully released Not illuminated J
Slightly depressed Illuminated
YES >> GO TO 3. K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY L
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
M
Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal N
E114 (M/T)
1 Ground Battery voltage
E115 (A/T)
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P

3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and stop lamp switch harness connector.

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
ECM Stop lamp switch

Continuity
E114 (M/T)
E18 99 2 Existed
E115 (A/T)
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-228, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace brake pedal assembly. Refer to BR-21, "Removal and Installation".
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I

3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-22, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
NO >> Replace brake pedal assembly. Refer to BR-21, "Removal and Installation".

P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
A
C
Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for
P2100 (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open)
relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low.
• Throttle control motor relay
• Harness or connectors D
Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is
P2103 (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted)
relay circuit short stuck ON.
• Throttle control motor relay
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- F
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V.
Witch DTC is detected? H
P2100 >> GO TO 2.
P2103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100 I

2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. J
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-229, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. L
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-229, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
N
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM P
Terminal Voltage
Connector
+ −
F7 15 108 Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector F115.
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL
1. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions.
ECM
Terminal Conditions Voltage
Connector
+ −
Ignition switch: OFF Approx. 0 V
F7 2 108
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector F115.
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity

P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
A

NOTE:
to EC-229, "DTC Logic". C
to EC-236, "DTC Logic".
D
Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not
P2101 (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
performance operate properly.
• Electric throttle control actuator
E

1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: H
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when
engine is running.
I
>> GO TO 2.
J
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
L
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL M

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions.
ECM N
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
O
Ignition switch: OFF 0V
F7 2 108
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

+ −
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
+ −
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
1 Not existed
5
4 Existed
F85 F7
1 Existed
6
4 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside, then perform
6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Check the throttle control motor. Refer to EC-233, "Component Inspection".
EC
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR C

2. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows.
D
5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω
F

P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
P2118
circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.

Continuity
1 Not existed
5
4 Existed
F85 F7
1 Existed
6
4 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 2.
Check throttle control motor. Refer to EC-235, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View". EC
C
D
2. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as follows.

E
5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω
YES >> INSPECTION END F

P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
Electric throttle control
P2119 Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is Electric throttle control actuator
actuator B)
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
2. Set selector lever to D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set selector lever to P (A/T) or Neutral (M/T) position.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View".

throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-93, "Work Procedure". A
EC

P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
Refer to EC-216, "DTC Logic".
Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP • Harness or connectors
P2122
sensor 1 circuit low input sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP • Accelerator pedal position sensor
P2123 (APP sensor 1)
sensor 1 circuit high input sensor 1 is sent to ECM.

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
APP sensor Voltage

Ground
E110 4 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM A

Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 3. C
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
APP sensor ECM

Continuity E
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
4.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-239, "Component Inspection". H
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Exploded View". I
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR J

3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. K
ECM
L
Connector
+ −
110 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V M

111
(APP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
E18 Accelerator pedal
103 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V
104 N
YES >> INSPECTION END O
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Exploded View".

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the • Harness or connectors
P2127
sensor 2 circuit low input APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2)
P2128
sensor 2 circuit high input APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E110 5 Ground Approx. 5 V
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

APP sensor ECM A

Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C
D
ECM Sensor
E
F16 75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) F20 1
E18
102 APP sensor 2 E110 5 F
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. H
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-193, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-262, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. K
APP sensor ECM

Continuity L
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. M
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
O
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
YES >> GO TO 7.

7.CHECK APP SENSOR

Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-242, "Component Inspection".
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

ECM
Connector
+ −

111
104

P2135 TP SENSOR
P2135 TP SENSOR
A

NOTE:
• Harness or connector D
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
Throttle position sensor (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P2135 compared with the signals from TP sensor
circuit range/performance • Electric throttle control actuator
1 and TP sensor 2.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

2. Check DTC.
J
Is DTC detected?
K
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY L

3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. M
Electric throttle control actuator

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal N
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

P2135 TP SENSOR

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Continuity
1 33
F85 F16 Existed
3 34
YES >> GO TO 4.

ECM
Connector
+ −


P2138 APP SENSOR
P2138 APP SENSOR
A

NOTE:
• Harness or connector D
Rationally incorrect voltage (APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
is sent to ECM compared [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position sensor
P2138 with the signals from APP (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
circuit range/performance E
sensor 1 and APP sensor • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1 and 2)
2. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- G
ing the next test.
H
TESTING CONDITION:
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
L
1.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

M
N
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
O
YES >> GO TO 2. P
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

P2138 APP SENSOR
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
ECM Sensor
F16 75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) F20 1
E18
102 APP sensor 2 E110 5
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-193, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-262, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
YES >> GO TO 8.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector as follows.
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
1 104
E110 E18 Existed
2 111
YES >> GO TO 7.

P2138 APP SENSOR
7.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector as follows.
EC
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
3 110 C
E110 E18 Existed
6 103
D
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or shot to power in harness or connectors. E
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-247, "Component Inspection".
G
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR H

3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. I
ECM
Terminal Condition Voltage J
Connector
+ −

111 K
104
(APP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V L
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Exploded View". M

COOLING FAN
COOLING FAN
1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION

With CONSULT
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Touch “LOW” and “Hi” on the CONSULT screen.
4. Check that cooling fan operates at each speed.
Without CONSULT
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PCS-8, "Diagnosis
Description".
2. Check that cooling fan operates at each speed.
NO >> Refer to EC-248, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH REAR WIPER

1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor harness connector.
IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor

Continuity
29 2
E11 E62 Existed
31 1
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor relay harness connector and cooling fan motor harness
connector.
Cooling fan motor relay Cooling fan motor

Continuity
E74 5 E62 3 Existed
4. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground.
Cooling fan motor

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E62 4 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR RELAY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor relay harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor relay harness connec-
tor.

COOLING FAN
IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor relay A

Continuity
9 2
E10 E74 Existed EC
15 1
4. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor relay harness connector and ground.
C
Cooling fan motor relay
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
D
E74 3 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR RELAY F
Check cooling fan motor relay. Refer to EC-250, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)".
G
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor relay.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR H
Check cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-250, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)".
YES >> GO TO 5. I
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-17, "Exploded View".
J
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-27, "Removal and Installation". K
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
WITHOUT REAR WIPER
L
1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor harness connector. M
IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal N
1
E11 31 E62 Existed
2
O
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground.
Cooling fan motor

Ground Continuity P
Connector Terminal
3
E62 Ground Existed
4
YES >> GO TO 2.

COOLING FAN
2.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
Check cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-250, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)".
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) INFOID:0000000007091538
1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR

3. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
Cooling fan motor

terminals Operation
Connector
+ −
1 4
E62 Cooling fan motor operates
2 3
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor Relay) INFOID:0000000007219022
1.FUEL PUMP RELAY

2. Remove cooling fan motor relay.
3. Check continuity between cooling fan motor relay terminals
under the following conditions.
cooling fan motor relay

Conditions Continuity
Terminal
12 V direct current supply
Existed
3 5 between terminals 1 and 2
No current supply Not existed
JSBIA0671ZZ
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor relay.

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
A
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred to EC
ECM through the CAN communication line.
C
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. D
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication E

ON ON
LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch
OFF OFF
F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-251, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.
H
Monitor item Condition Indication
ON at 2nd position ON
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch I
OFF OFF
YES >> GO TO 3. J
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
K
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication L

ON ON
HEATER FAN SW Heater fan control switch
OFF OFF
N
1.INSPECTION START O
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-251, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident? P
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Perform trouble diagnosis of rear window defogger system. Refer to DEF-13, "Work Flow".

>> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Perform trouble diagnosis of headlamp system. Refer to EXL-27, "Work Flow".
>> INSPECTION END

4.CHECK AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Perform trouble diagnosis of air conditioning system. Refer to HAC-19, "Work Flow" (MANUAL A/C) or HAC-
55, "Work Flow" (MANUAL HEATER).
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR
A
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION D
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. E
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. F

G
H
I
PBIB3332E
J
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. K
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.
L
Fuel injector
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F37 1 M
2 F38 1
Ground Battery voltage
3 F39 1
N
4 F40 1
YES >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
P
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.

FUEL INJECTOR
Fuel injector ECM

Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F37 2 31
2 F38 2 30
F7 Existed
3 F39 2 29
4 F40 2 25
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-254, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View"

2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as follows.
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".

FUEL PUMP
FUEL PUMP
A
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION EC

2. Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers.
C
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed
hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal? D
NO >> EC-255, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E
JSBIA0601ZZ
F
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY G

2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump) harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump) harness connector and
ground.
I
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
(fuel pump) Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
J
B39 1 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 4. K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
L
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel
pump) harness connector. M

IPDM E/R
(fuel pump) Voltage N
E12 33 B39 1 Existed
O
YES >> GO TO 3. P
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.

FUEL PUMP
IPDM E/R ECM

Voltage
YES >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump) and ground.

(fuel pump) Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B39 3 Ground Existed
3. Also heck harness for short to power.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Check fuel pump. Refer to EC-256, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pump). Refer to FL-5, "Removal and Installa-
tion".

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP

2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump)” harness connector.
3. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump)” terminals as follows.

2 and 4 0.2 - 5.0 Ω
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. Refer to FL-5, "Exploded View".

IGNITION SIGNAL
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
C
2.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION D
With CONSULT
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. E
YES >> INSPECTION END F
3.IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT G
1. Let engine idle.
2. Check the voltage signal between ECM harness connector and ground with an oscilloscope.
H
ECM
Terminal Voltage signal
Connector I
+ −
17
18 J
21
F7 108
K
22
JMBIA0219GB
NOTE: L
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
YES >> INSPECTION END M
N
1.CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and ground.
P
+
Condenser − Voltage
Connector Terminal

IGNITION SIGNAL
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.
+ −
IPDM E/R Condenser Continuity
3.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between Condenser harness connector and ground.
+
Condenser − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F13 2 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CONDENSER
Check the condenser. refer to EC-260, "Component Inspection (Condenser)".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace condenser.
5.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
+
Ignition coil − Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F33 3
2 F34 3
Ground Battery voltage
3 F35 3
4 F36 3
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.

IGNITION SIGNAL
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT A

2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
EC
+
Ignition coil − Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal C
1 F33 2
2 F34 2
Ground Existed D
3 F35 2
4 F36 2
3. Also check harness for short to power. E
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. F
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. G
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ignition coil harness connector.
+ − H
Ignition coil ECM Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F33 1 17 I
2 F34 1 18
F7 Existed
3 F35 1 22
J
4 F36 1 21
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR L
Check the ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EC-259, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with
Power Transistor)".
M
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-42, "Exploded View".
N
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000007091551
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-I O

2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows. P
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞ Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 3
Except 0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 and 3

IGNITION SIGNAL
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II
CAUTION:
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce-
dure.
4. Start engine.
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
portion as shown in the figure.
12. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
portion.

CAUTION:

NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal-
functioning.
Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000007091552
1.CHECK CONDENSER
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as follows.

1 and 2 Above 1 MΩ
NO >> Replace condenser.

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
A
1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION EC

2. Make sure that MIL lights up.
D
1.CHECK DTC E
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. F
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
G
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-26, "DTC Index".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform troubleshooting relevant to DTC indicated. H
NO >> GO TO 3.
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident". I
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-50, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. J

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
ECM
Terminal Voltage
Connector
+ −
101
E18 98 1.0 - 4.0V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor signal)
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
Refrigerant pressure sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.

• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor A
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and refrigerant pressure sensor harness connec-
tor.
C
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal D
E
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
F
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor G
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H

YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HA-36, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR :
Removal and Installation".
J

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HR16DE]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000007091562
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
SYMPTOM
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel EC-255, "Compo-
Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 nent Function
Check"
Fuel pressure regulator sys- EC-101, "Work Pro-
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
tem cedure"
EC-253, "Compo-
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 nent Function
Check"
EC-34, "EVAPORA-
Evaporative emission sys- TIVE EMISSION
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
tem SYSTEM : System
Description"
Air Positive crankcase ventila- EC-273, "Inspec-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1
tion system tion"
3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjust- EC-97, "Work Pro-
1 1 1 1 1
ment cedure"
EC-231, "DTC Log-
ic"
Electric throttle control actua- EC-234, "DTC Log-
1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
tor ic"
EC-236, "DTC Log-
ic"
Igni- Incorrect ignition timing ad- EC-271, "Inspec-
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
tion justment tion"
EC-257, "Diagnosis
Ignition signal circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
Procedure"
Main power supply and ground circuit EC-116, "Diagnosis
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
Procedure"

SYMPTOM
A


EC


C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL E

EC-131, "DTC Log- F
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2
ic"
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-137, "DTC Log-
3 3
circuit ic" G
EC-141, "DTC Log-
ic"
3 EC-144, "DTC Log- H
ic"
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit
EC-147, "DTC Log-
ic"
1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-150, "DTC Log- I
ic"
EC-139, "DTC Log-
ic" J
EC-181, "DTC Log-
ic"
EC-225, "DTC Log-
Throttle position sensor circuit
ic" K
EC-226, "DTC Log-
ic"
2 2 EC-243, "DTC Log-
ic" L
EC-238, "DTC Log-
ic"
Accelerator pedal position sensor cir- EC-240, "DTC Log- M
3 2 1
cuit ic"
EC-245, "DTC Log-
ic"
N
EC-189, "DTC Log-
Knock sensor circuit 2 3
ic"
EC-207, "DTC Log-
Engine oil pressure sensor circuit 4 2 3 O
ic"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) cir- EC-191, "DTC Log-
2 2
cuit ic"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-194, "DTC Log- P
3 2
circuit ic"
EC-205, "DTC Log-
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3
ic"
EC-213, "DTC Log-
ic"
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-214, "DTC Log-
ic"

SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Intake valve timing control solenoid EC-121, "DTC Log-
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
valve circuit ic"
EC-218, "DTC Log-
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3
ic"
EC-262, "Diagnosis
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4
Procedure"
EC-251, "Diagnosis
Electrical load signal circuit 3
Procedure"
• MANUAL A/C:
HAC-19, "Work
Flow"
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
• MANUAL HEAT-
ER: HAC-55,
"Work Flow"
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next table)
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

SYMPTOM A

EC



C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
Reference page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code A F

AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL HA
M
Fuel Fuel tank FL-12, "Inspection"
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-41, "Inspection" G
Vapor lock —
5
Valve deposit —
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 H
Poor fuel (Heavy weight
—
gasoline, Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-25, "Inspection"
I
Air cleaner EM-25, "Inspection"
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor —
electric throttle control ac-
EM-25, "Inspection" J
tuator) 5 5 5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control ac- 5 5 5 5 EM-26, "Exploded
tuator View" K
Air leakage from intake
EM-26, "Exploded
manifold/Collector/Gas-
View"
ket L
Crank- Battery PG-76, "Work Flow"
ing 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit CHG-9, "Work Flow"
Starter circuit 3 STR-9, "Work Flow"
M
Signal plate 6 EM-104, "Inspection"
• TM-138, "Diagnosis
1 N
Procedure" (A/T)
• TM-15, "PARK/
NEUTRAL POSI-
PNP signal 4
TION (PNP) O
SWITCH : Compo-
nent Inspection" (M/
T)
P

SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
Reference page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code A

AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL HA
M
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-76, "Inspection"
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-104, "Inspection"
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain EM-53, "Inspection"
mecha-
Camshaft EM-64, "Inspection"
nism
EC-123, "Component
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Inspection"
Intake valve
3 EM-64, "Inspection"
Exhaust valve
Ex- Exhaust manifold/Tube/
haust Muffler/Gasket EM-31, "Inspection"
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EX-7, "Inspection"
Three way catalyst
Lubri- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil
cation pump/Oil filter/Oil gallery/ EM-34, "Inspection"
Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-5, "Inspection"

Cooling CO-12, "RADIATOR :
Radiator/Hose/Radiator Inspection"
filler cap CO-12, "RADIATOR
CAP : Inspection"
Thermostat 5 CO-22, "Inspection"
Water pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 CO-20, "Inspection"
Water gallery CO-23, "Inspection"
Cooling fan CO-18, "Inspection"
Coolant level (Low)/Con- 5
CO-9, "Inspection"
taminated coolant
NATS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
1 1 SEC-23, "Work Flow"
System)
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED) EC

If the engine speed is above 2,400 rpm under no load (for example, the shift lever position is neutral and
engine speed is over 2,400 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
ies based on engine speed. C
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-27,
"MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description". D

IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HR16DE]
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000007091564
1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST.
Without CONSULT
Check idle speed by installing the pulse type tachometer clamp on the loop wire or on suitable high-tension
wire which installed between No.1 ignition coil and No.1 spark plug.
>> INSPECTION END

IGNITION TIMING
IGNITION TIMING
A
1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING EC

1. Attach timing light (A) to loop wire (1) as shown.
: Vehicle front C
E
JSBIA1324ZZ
2. Check ignition timing. F
1 : Timing indicator
G
JSBIA1325ZZ
I
>> INSPECTION END J

1. Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for cracks, damage, loose connections,
chafing and deterioration.
2. Check EVAP canister as follows:
a. Block port (A). Orally blow air through port (B).
Check that air flows freely through port (C).
b. Block port (B). Orally blow air through port (A).
Check that air flows freely through port (C).
JSBIA0335ZZ
3. Inspect fuel tank filler cap vacuum relief valve for clogging, stick-
ing, etc.
a. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF989X
b. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 - 0.204 kg/

Pressure:
cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
–6.0 to –3.4 kPa (–0.06 bar to –-0.034bar, –0.061 to –
Vacuum:
0.035 kg/cm2, –0.87 to –0.49 psi)
c. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
SEF943S

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
A
1.CHECK PCV VALVE EC

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is C
placed over valve inlet.
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-42, "Exploded View".
E
PBIB1589E

ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [HR16DE]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

ECM
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000007091568
REMOVAL
1. Remove fusible link bracket. Keep a service area.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Refer to PG-5, "Harness Connector".
3. Remove ECM mounting nuts, and then remove ECM.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Must be perform additional service when replacing ECM. Refer to EC-91, "Work Procedure".

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [HR16DE]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Idle Speed INFOID:0000000007091570
EC
Transmission Condition Specification

C
A/T No load* (in P or N position) 700 ± 50 rpm
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 650 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions D
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position E
Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000007091571
F
Transmission Condition Specification
A/T No load* (in P or N position) 9 ± 5°BTDC
G
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 10 ± 5°BTDC
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF
H
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000007091572 I
Condition Specification (Using CONSULT or GST) J

At idle 10 – 35%
At 2,500 rpm 10 – 35%
K
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000007091573
L
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V)
Output voltage at idle 0.7 – 1.3 V*
0.8 – 4.0 g/s at idle* M
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT or GST)
2.0 – 10.0 g/s at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.

Engine Control System: Section

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Engine Control System: Section

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Engine Control System: Section

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 11 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ................26

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................... 11 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM .................................29

Revision: 2011 February EC-1 K13

CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................... 37 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE

WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................... 76 P0011 IVT CONTROL ...................................... 121

Revision: 2011 February EC-2 K13

Revision: 2011 February EC-3 K13

P1226 TP SENSOR ......................................... 226 FUEL INJECTOR .............................................. 253

P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 264

Revision: 2011 February EC-4 K13

Revision: 2011 February EC-5 K13

On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000007091232

Revision: 2011 February EC-6 K13

• Do not disassemble ECM. G

• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or O

Revision: 2011 February EC-7 K13

• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC

• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow

• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.

Revision: 2011 February EC-8 K13

Revision: 2011 February EC-9 K13

Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000007091235

Tool name Description

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

Revision: 2011 February EC-10 K13

ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT C

No. Component Function K

Revision: 2011 February EC-11 K13

A. Left view of the engine B. Engine rear right side

No. Component Function

Revision: 2011 February EC-12 K13

No. Component Function

Revision: 2011 February EC-13 K13

A. Left side of engine room B. Around pedal

No. Component Function

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000007091238

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

Revision: 2011 February EC-14 K13

A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER I

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion of K

Revision: 2011 February EC-15 K13

WITH AIR CONDITIONING

The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

ECM (Engine Control Module) controls the engine.

Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000007091248

Revision: 2011 February EC-16 K13

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR F

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000007091249

Revision: 2011 February EC-17 K13

Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

Engine Oil Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000007091250

Engine Oil Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000007091251

Engine oil temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

Revision: 2011 February EC-18 K13

Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000007091254

Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000007091255

Condition Fuel pump operation